WO2004053665A1 - Information processing device, control device, container monitoring device, and program - Google Patents
Information processing device, control device, container monitoring device, and program Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2004053665A1 WO2004053665A1 PCT/JP2003/015746 JP0315746W WO2004053665A1 WO 2004053665 A1 WO2004053665 A1 WO 2004053665A1 JP 0315746 W JP0315746 W JP 0315746W WO 2004053665 A1 WO2004053665 A1 WO 2004053665A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- user
- authentication
- control
- information processing
- storage device
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F21/00—Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
- G06F21/70—Protecting specific internal or peripheral components, in which the protection of a component leads to protection of the entire computer
- G06F21/82—Protecting input, output or interconnection devices
- G06F21/84—Protecting input, output or interconnection devices output devices, e.g. displays or monitors
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F1/00—Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
- G06F1/26—Power supply means, e.g. regulation thereof
- G06F1/32—Means for saving power
- G06F1/3203—Power management, i.e. event-based initiation of a power-saving mode
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F1/00—Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
- G06F1/26—Power supply means, e.g. regulation thereof
- G06F1/32—Means for saving power
- G06F1/3203—Power management, i.e. event-based initiation of a power-saving mode
- G06F1/3206—Monitoring of events, devices or parameters that trigger a change in power modality
- G06F1/3231—Monitoring the presence, absence or movement of users
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F21/00—Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
- G06F21/30—Authentication, i.e. establishing the identity or authorisation of security principals
- G06F21/31—User authentication
- G06F21/34—User authentication involving the use of external additional devices, e.g. dongles or smart cards
- G06F21/35—User authentication involving the use of external additional devices, e.g. dongles or smart cards communicating wirelessly
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
- Y02D10/00—Energy efficient computing, e.g. low power processors, power management or thermal management
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a device for executing a security function represented by a so-called screen saver function of a computer or the like.
- the screen saver is not activated until a predetermined standby time has elapsed. Also, trying to activate the screen saver manually requires several steps. That is, a complicated operation is required to activate the screen saver at a timing desired by the user. The above is particularly problematic when an urgent need arises and the user has to hurry to take a seat. Too much trouble If you leave your seat without activating the clean saver, security will not be ensured because anyone other than the user can freely access the computer until the waiting time elapses.
- the present invention focuses on the above-described problem for the first time, and an object of the present invention is to enable a security function represented by a screen saver to be activated when necessary without a complicated operation. Disclosure of the invention
- a sensor means 10 for detecting the presence or absence of a person, and a predetermined condition on the condition that the sensor means 10 detects the absence of the user.
- Control means 11 for starting execution of the security function, and authentication means for authenticating that a person who returns after the security function by the control means 11 is activated is a user having valid authority.
- An information processing apparatus comprising 13 and a control release means 14 for releasing the security function by the control means 11 after the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed.
- control means 11 provides the security function as an image on the display. It can be said that it is preferable to be able to execute a process of concealing the information displayed on the screen or a process of rejecting an operation by a person other than a user having valid authority. As shown in FIG.
- a sensor means 10 for detecting the presence or absence of a person a sensor means 10 for detecting the presence or absence of a person
- a screen Control means 11 having at least a function of performing screen processing for concealing the information displayed on the information processing apparatus, and the absence of the user using the information processing apparatus, in other words, the user Control starting means 12 for starting the screen processing by the control means 11 when it is detected via the sensor means 10 that the user has left the vehicle, and the screen processing by the control means 11 is started.
- Authentication means 13 for authenticating that the person who intends to use the information processing apparatus is a user who has valid authority in the state of Screen processing by 1
- the screen processing by the control means 11 is activated even if the user himself does not perform a complicated operation.
- the content of information can be kept secret.
- the screen processing refers to executing screen display processing or screen deletion processing for concealing information displayed on the screen.
- At least a sensor means 10 for detecting the presence or absence of a person and a function of performing a reservation process for retaining reception of an operation for executing information processing are provided.
- Authentication means 13 for authenticating that the person who intends to use is a user having valid authority, and control release means for releasing the reservation processing by the control means 11 after the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed.
- information processing refers to a concept that encompasses information browsing or viewing, creation, modification, storage, transmission and reception, execution of various programs, and the like.
- a storage device capable of storing various articles (the storage device referred to herein is a concept including all the furniture capable of storing the articles, For example, a desk drawer, a wagon, a locker, a cabinet, a tongue, etc. may be included).
- the control means 11 performs a function for ensuring security related to opening and closing of the storage device, and the control release means 14 is provided when the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed. An operation signal for releasing the security function is transmitted to the control means 11.
- the security function executed by the control means 11 is defined as a situation in which a user with valid authority is away from the desk, in other words, when the user is away from the storage device, This is a process to prevent the opening and closing of the storage device from being performed. More specifically,
- control means 11 Processing to be notified when an unauthorized operation on the storage device is detected (user Notification to other persons, warning for intimidation of wrongdoers, etc.) fall under this category.
- the specific configuration of the control means 11 depends on the content of the security function executed by the control means. Such a device can prevent others from illegally taking out or browsing the items in the storage device while the user is away from their seats, which can result in valuable theft. Articles and confidential documents and other items that you do not want others to see can be safely stored and kept in storage.
- the above-mentioned control means may be incorporated in the storage device, or may be detachable from the storage device. If it is detachable with respect to the storage device, the user can arbitrarily provide it to a drawer of a desk used by the user to improve security.
- the sensor means 10 for detecting the presence or absence of a person and a locking device provided in a storage device capable of storing various articles are locked or unlocked.
- Signal transmission means 15 capable of transmitting an operation signal for performing the operation, and authentication means 13 for authenticating that a person who has returned after leaving the user is a user having valid authority,
- the signal transmitting means 15 transmits an operation signal for locking the locking device when the user leaves the seat via the sensor means 10 when the user leaves, and the authentication means 13
- the signal transmission means 15 stops transmitting the operation signal when the user senses the absence of the user via the sensor means 10, and then the authentication means 13 corrects the operation signal. The transmission of the operation signal shall be resumed when the user having the appropriate authority is authenticated.
- an information processing apparatus capable of executing the above-described screen processing and no-holding processing locks or unlocks a locking device provided in a storage device capable of storing various articles. It is also preferable to include a signal transmission unit 15 that can transmit an operation signal for performing locking.
- the signal transmitting unit 15 transmits an operation signal for locking the locking device when the user using the information processing device detects the absence of the user via the sensor unit 10, and After the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed, an operation signal for unlocking the locking device is transmitted.
- the failure of the user authentication by the authentication means 13 means that the acquisition of the user identification information for identifying the user having the proper authority fails. If the authentication means 13 performs user authentication in a mode that accepts user's input of user identification information, it is usually considered that user authentication has failed with a predetermined number of input errors. It is.
- the authentication means 13 senses some approach through the sensor means 10, the authentication means 13 gives an instruction to the person to prompt the user to input user identification information for identifying a user having valid authority. If the input is also accepted, the above operation can be omitted.
- the authentication unit 13 may perform wireless communication with a predetermined storage device that stores user identification information that the user has and that identifies the user, and obtains the user identification information from the predetermined storage device. Therefore, even when the user is authenticated, the user's own input operation of the user identification information can be omitted to make the user more user-friendly.
- the predetermined storage device generally refers to a device having a function of storing user identification information and a function of wirelessly transmitting the stored user identification information, and includes, for example, an RFID (Radio Frequency IDentification; a card or a tag). Recognition method for recording or reading information on or from recording media using electromagnetic waves) Tags, portable information processing terminals equipped with wireless communication devices, mobile phone terminals, and the like fall under this category. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
- FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a hardware resource configuration of an information processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 2 is a functional block diagram of the information processing apparatus according to the embodiment.
- FIG. 3 is a diagram exemplifying a screen displaying information.
- FIG. 4 is a diagram exemplifying screen processing by the control means.
- FIG. 5 is a diagram exemplifying an instruction (input dialog display) for prompting input of user identification information by the authentication means.
- FIG. 6 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure in the embodiment.
- FIG. 7 is a diagram schematically showing an information processing apparatus according to one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 8 is a hardware resource configuration diagram of the information processing apparatus according to the embodiment.
- FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure in the embodiment.
- FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram of the configuration of the present invention.
- FIG. 11 is an explanatory view of the configuration of the present invention.
- FIG. 12 is a diagram schematically showing an information processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 13 is a hardware resource configuration diagram of the information processing apparatus according to the embodiment.
- FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing a procedure of processing in the embodiment.
- FIG. 15 is a diagram schematically showing an information processing apparatus according to one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 16 is a hardware resource structure of the information processing apparatus according to the embodiment.
- FIG. 16 is a hardware resource structure of the information processing apparatus according to the embodiment.
- FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure in the embodiment.
- FIG. 18 is an explanatory diagram of the configuration of the present invention.
- FIG. 19 is an explanatory diagram of the configuration of the present invention.
- FIG. 20 is an explanatory diagram of the configuration of the present invention.
- FIG. 21 is a circuit configuration diagram of a sensor unit combining a human sensor and a distance sensor.
- FIG. 22 is a timing chart illustrating the operation of the sensor means.
- FIG. 23 is a diagram schematically showing an information processing apparatus (system) according to one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 24 is a configuration diagram of hardware resources of the storage device guarding device in the embodiment.
- FIG. 25 is a configuration diagram of hardware resources of the control device in the embodiment.
- FIG. 26 is a flowchart showing a procedure of processing in the embodiment.
- FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing a procedure of processing in the embodiment.
- FIG. 28 is a configuration diagram of hardware resources of a computer according to the embodiment.
- FIG. 29 is a diagram showing a hardware resource configuration of the control device in the embodiment.
- FIG. 30 is a circuit diagram showing an example of a power supply circuit of the storage device guarding device.
- FIG. 31 is a diagram schematically showing an information processing apparatus (system) according to the embodiment.
- FIG. 32 is a diagram showing the storage device guarding device in the same embodiment.
- FIG. 33 is a perspective view showing the storage device guarding device in the same embodiment.
- FIG. 34 is a perspective view of relevant parts showing a setting key and a dip switch.
- FIG. 35 is a perspective view of relevant parts showing a setting key and a dip switch.
- FIG. 36 is a vertical sectional view of a main part showing a setting key and a dip switch.
- FIG. 37 is a horizontal sectional view of a main part showing a setting key and a dip switch.
- FIG. 38 is a horizontal sectional view of a main part showing a setting key and a dip switch.
- FIG. 39 is a configuration diagram of hardware resources of the storage device guarding device in the embodiment.
- FIG. 40 is an explanatory diagram of the configuration of the present invention.
- FIG. 41 is a diagram schematically showing an information processing apparatus (system) according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 42 is a hardware resource configuration diagram of a control device (print control mechanism) in the embodiment.
- FIG. 43 is a flowchart showing a procedure of processing in the embodiment.
- FIG. 44 is a flowchart showing a procedure of processing in the embodiment. BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
- the information processing apparatus is connected via a processor la, a main memory lb, an auxiliary storage device lc, a display ld, a display control device le, and an input / output interface lh.
- a processor la a main memory lb
- an auxiliary storage device lc a display ld
- a display control device le a display control device le
- an input / output interface lh includes hardware resources such as input device lf, human sensor lg, etc., and transmits information such as characters, images, videos, etc., as in existing personal computers, workstations, PDAs (Personal Digital Assistants), etc. It is constructed so that it can be displayed on the screen as a combination of the two and can execute various information processing.
- the auxiliary storage device lc is a hard disk drive, a flash memory, an optical disk drive such as a DVD-ROM, or the like, but is detachable from the information processing device, that is, a cartridge type memory card, a contactless IC card or an external device. It's okay if it's a removable disk drive.
- the display control device le has a function of generating image data to be displayed based on the drawing instruction received from the processor la and transmitting the generated image data to the display Id, a video chip lei (or graphics chip), image data, and the like. It can be configured using a known device such as a video memory le2 (Video RAM) that temporarily stores the data.
- the input device If is used by a user to perform an operation input, and is represented by a keyboard, a mouse, a trackpad, and the like.
- the human sensor lg plays a role as sensor means 10 for detecting whether or not a person is present in a predetermined area near the information processing device.
- Various types of sensors can be employed as the human sensor lg.
- the passive IR sensor that detects infrared rays emitted from the human body is a typical human sensor 1 g, but does not prevent the use of anything other than the passive IR sensor.
- the sensor means 10 captures the surrounding area with a camera and analyzes the image. It may be one that detects the presence or absence of a person.
- a program to be executed by the processor la is stored in the auxiliary storage device lc, and when the program is executed, the program is read from the auxiliary storage device lc into the main memory lb and decoded by the processor la. Then, the above-mentioned hardware resources are operated in accordance with the program, so that the functions as the control means 11, the control activation means 12, the authentication means 13, and the control release means 14 shown in FIG. 2 are exerted.
- the control means 11 has a function of performing screen processing for concealing information displayed on the screen and a function of performing reservation processing for retaining reception of an operation for executing information processing.
- the control means 11 can be configured using, for example, a known screen saver module program. By activating the screen saver module program, the currently displayed screen is kept confidential and the acceptance of operations is reserved.
- FIG. 3 illustrates a display screen of information on the display Id
- FIG. 4 illustrates a state in which the display screen as shown in FIG. 3 is concealed. Incidentally, as one mode of the screen processing by the control means 11, it is conceivable to turn off the power of the display Id, in other words, to turn off the display Id.
- the control activation unit 12 detects, via the human sensor lg, that the user currently using the information processing device has left the seat, in other words, that the user has left the information processing device. At this time, the screen processing and the reservation processing by the control means 11 are started. The control activation unit 12 counts, for example, the elapsed time since the human sensor lg no longer detects the presence of the user, and when the elapsed time exceeds a predetermined timeout time, the user leaves the seat. Then, the control by the control means 11 is started. .
- the authentication means 13 receives screen processing and operation by the control means 11.
- the user who intends to use the information processing device is authenticated as a user having valid authority.
- This authentication is performed, for example, in a mode in which a person who intends to use the information processing apparatus is required to input user identification information for identifying a user having valid authority.
- the user identification information relating to the user having the legitimate authority is stored in a required storage area of the main memory lb or the auxiliary storage device lc, or a predetermined computer (not shown) communicably connected to the information processing device. Is stored beforehand (in plain text or encrypted) in the required storage area of the main memory or auxiliary storage device, and is compared with the user identification information input via the input device If at the time of authentication.
- a user ID and a password or a password are input via the input device If as user identification information.
- the user ID and / or password may be the same as or different from the user account of the user currently using the information processing apparatus.
- the user identification information is not always a user ID and password. Therefore, for example, biometric authentication may be performed using biometric data based on the physical characteristics of the user (for example, fingerprint, voiceprint, handwriting, retinal pattern, iris pattern, blood vessel pattern, etc.) as user identification information.
- biometric authentication may be performed using biometric data based on the physical characteristics of the user (for example, fingerprint, voiceprint, handwriting, retinal pattern, iris pattern, blood vessel pattern, etc.) as user identification information.
- a device used for inputting biometric data is provided in the information processing device in advance.
- the authentication means 13 may be one that performs authentication by using a plurality of methods in combination.
- the authentication means 13 when the authentication means 13 is in a state where the screen processing and the reservation processing by the control means 11 are activated, and when an approach of some persons is detected via the human sensor lg, the authentication means 13 is given to the person. And prompts the user to enter user identification information that identifies the user who has legitimate authority. It is preferable that it be accepted. Instructions for prompting input of user identification information are given in a form via a screen display, voice output, or various other user interfaces. In the present embodiment, a dialog D requesting input of a user ID and a password or a password as user identification information is displayed on the display Id, and the input is accepted.
- Fig. 5 shows an example of a dialog display requesting entry of the user ID and Z or password.
- the control release means 14 releases the screen processing and the reservation processing by the control means 11 after the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed.
- the screen displaying the information is recovered by canceling the screen saver function based on the screen saver program, and operation acceptance is resumed.
- control means 11 The functions of the control means 11, the control activation means 12, the authentication means 13, and the functions of the control release means 14 are shared by a plurality of devices, and the information processing device is established by cooperating with each other. Do not prevent you from doing so.
- the sensor means 10 will be supplemented.
- Passive IR sensors, etc. detect the presence of moving objects by detecting their displacement.Therefore, when a user is performing work with little physical movement, taking a break, etc. Cannot be detected stably.
- the sensor means 10 it is conceivable to configure the sensor means 10 by combining two sensors, a passive IR sensor (pyroelectric human sensor) and a distance sensor (reflective sensor). The former detects the movement of the user's body or other objects within the detection range. The latter detects the presence of the user's body or other objects within the detection range.
- FIG. 21 shows a circuit configuration example of the sensor means 10 combining these sensors, and a timing chart for explaining the operation of the sensor means 10 is shown in FIG.
- FIG. 22 shows the operating chart.
- the passive IR sensor outputs ON (HI) when it detects a moving object
- the distance sensor outputs ON when it detects the presence of an object. Basically, if the output of the passive IR sensor or the output of the distance sensor is ON, it can be determined that the user is present. If both the output of the passive IR sensor and the output of the distance sensor are OFF (LO), it can be determined that the user has left the seat. However, it is preferable to keep the output of the sensor means 10 to indicate that the user is present until the predetermined hold time elapses after the outputs of both sensors are turned off.
- the flip-flop in FIG. 21 holds the state (HI) indicating that the user is present until the hold time elapses, and indicates that the user has left the seat after the elapse of the hold time (LO). Can be switched to a state. However, it does not prevent the hold time from being set to zero.
- the condition in which the output of the passive IR sensor and the output of the distance sensor are both ON is considered. Be combined. It is unlikely that the passive IR sensor will detect the movement of the user or a non-user when returning to their original seat, and unless a distance sensor is also used, they will just pass by their seat. This is because it is not possible to determine the user returning to the seat.
- the sensor means 10 is not limited to the one using the human sensor lg, but a special example is a mode in which a sensor is provided on furniture or furniture used by a user.
- a sensor for detecting static electricity or temperature derived from the human body on a tabletop of a desk, or to provide a pressure sensor on a chair or backrest of a chair.
- the information processing device is configured to be able to receive the signal output from the sensor via a wire or wirelessly. Les ,.
- step S1 When the user using the information processing device detects that the user has left the seat via the human sensor lg (step S1), the control unit 11 activates screen processing (step S2) and performs control.
- step S2 The reservation processing by means 11 is started (step S3).
- step S4 when the screen processing and the reservation processing by the control means 11 are activated, and when some person senses that the information processing apparatus has approached through the human sensor lg (step S4),
- step S5 When the screen processing and the reservation processing by the control means 11 are activated, and when some person senses that the information processing apparatus has approached through the human sensor lg (step S4), The user is instructed to enter user identification information for identifying a user having valid authority (step S5), and the input of user identification information is accepted (step S6).
- step S5 the user ID and the password input dialog D as the user identification information are displayed on the screen of the display Id, and the user ID using the input device If is used. Accepts password or password entry.
- step S7 the user authentication is performed by comparing the input user identification information with the previously stored user identification information of a user having a valid right. If the person who intends to use the information processing device can be authenticated as a user having valid authority (step S8), the screen processing by the control means 11 is canceled (step S9), and the control is performed. The reservation processing by means 11 is canceled (step S10).
- step S8 If the user cannot be authenticated in step S8 as having valid authority, the user is prompted to input user identification information again.
- a predetermined time-out period is set without inputting. If it has passed or entered
- the input dialog D is deleted to restore the state where the screen saver is activated, that is, in steps S 2 and S 3 described above. The process may be returned to the stage.
- the sensor means 10 for detecting the presence or absence of a person is a human sensor lg, which is a predetermined security function, that is, screen processing and screen processing are performed on condition that the human sensor lg detects the absence of the user.
- Control means 11 for starting the execution of the reservation processing, and an authentication means for authenticating that the person who returns while the security function of the control means 11 is activated is a user having valid authority. Since the information processing apparatus comprises 13 and control release means 14 for releasing the security function of the control means 11 after the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed, the user himself / herself can perform complicated operations.
- the security function by the control means 11 is activated when the user leaves the seat without performing the above. When the security function is activated, the authorized user is authenticated that it has returned, and then releases it, so that unauthorized access by others can be suppressed and security can be secured. It will be.
- An information processing device that can display information as text, images, video, or a combination of these on the screen of the display Id is displayed on the screen together with the human sensor lg, which is a sensor means for detecting the presence or absence of a person.
- Control means 11 having at least a function of performing a screen processing for concealing the information being transmitted, and when a user using the information processing apparatus is detected as being away from the user via the human sensor lg.
- a control activating unit 12 for activating the screen processing by the control unit 11; and a person who intends to use the information processing apparatus while the screen processing by the control unit 11 is activated has a valid authority.
- an information processing apparatus capable of executing various types of information processing is provided with at least a human sensor lg for detecting the presence or absence of a person and a function of performing a reservation process for retaining reception of an operation for executing information processing.
- Control means 11 and control start means 1 for starting the reservation processing by the control means 11 when the user using the information processing apparatus senses the absence of the user via the human sensor lg. 2
- authentication means 13 for authenticating that a person who intends to use the information processing apparatus is a user having valid authority while the reservation processing by the control means 11 is activated
- Control release means 14 for releasing the reservation processing by the control means 11 after the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed, so that the user himself / herself can take a seat without performing a complicated operation.
- the reception of the operation is reserved by the control means 11. Then, by authenticating that the user having the right authority has returned, and releasing the reservation of accepting the operation, unauthorized access by another person can be suppressed to ensure security.
- the authentication means 13 when the authentication means 13 senses the approach of some persons through the human sensor lg, the authentication means 13 prompts the user to input user identification information for identifying a user who has valid authority. And receive the input Since it is attached, it is possible to omit troublesome operations such as stopping the screen saver and pressing a key for displaying the input dialog D and moving the mouse.
- the information processing apparatus is suitable for use in a situation where an unspecified person can reach.
- it can be suitably used in rental booths where business people can stop by at any time, so-called Internet cafes, manga cafes, and the like.
- a second embodiment described below is a state in which a screen saver is activated on the information processing apparatus 1, that is, the screen processing and the reservation processing are activated.
- a method of authenticating that a person who intends to use the device 1 is a user having valid authority, instead of inputting user identification information by the user himself, as shown in FIG.
- User identification information is wirelessly received from a predetermined storage device M owned in advance.
- the description will focus on the differences from the first embodiment.
- an RFID tag is used as the predetermined storage device M.
- An RFID tag is a recording medium from which information can be read and rewritten without contact by wireless communication.
- RFID methods include an electromagnetic induction method (a method of communicating with an RFID tag while supplying power to the RFID tag using electromagnetic induction) and a microphone mouth wave method (communicating with an RF ID tag using a microwave band). Method), an optical method (a method of communicating with an RFID tag using a light wave such as infrared light), and others, but there is no particular limitation on which method is used.
- the predetermined storage device M can be worn on the user like a badge, for example.
- the predetermined storage device M is not necessarily an RFI D tag, and the wireless communication function is not provided.
- a portable information processing terminal having the data storage transceiver M especially a mobile phone terminal having a data communication transceiver such as bluetooth (registered trademark) is not prevented from being used as the predetermined storage device M.
- user identification information for identifying a user who owns the storage device M is stored.
- the information processing device 1 in the present embodiment is, for example, as shown in FIG.
- the hardware resources such as the processor la, the main memory lb, the auxiliary storage device lc, the display Id.
- the display control device le the input device lf connected via the input / output interface lh, and the human sensor lg. And a wireless communication device 1i for performing wireless communication with the predetermined storage device M.
- the specific mode of the wireless communication device li corresponds to the mode of the predetermined storage device M possessed by the user.
- the predetermined storage device M is an RFID tag of an electronic induction type, it includes a coil (antenna) for inducing an induced voltage in an induction coil in the RFID tag.
- the predetermined storage device M is an optical RFID tag, it includes an infrared device for performing infrared communication with the RFID tag.
- a program to be executed by the processor la is stored in the auxiliary storage device lc, and when the program is executed, the program is read from the auxiliary storage device lc into the main memory lb and decoded by the processor la. Then, the above-mentioned hardware resources are operated in accordance with the program, so that the functions as the control means 11, the control activation means 12, the authentication means 13, and the control release means 14 shown in FIG. 2 are exerted.
- the control unit 11, the control activation unit 12, and the control release unit 14 can be configured in the same manner as in the first embodiment, and thus the description is omitted here.
- the authentication means 13 activates the screen processing by the control means 11 and the reservation of the acceptance of the operation.
- This authentication acquires user identification information from a predetermined storage device M owned by a person who intends to use the information processing device 1, and authenticates this with user identification information for identifying a user having valid authority. It is implemented in a mode of comparing.
- the user identification information relating to a user having valid authority is stored in a required storage area of the main memory lb or the auxiliary storage device lc, or a predetermined computer (shown in FIG. ) Is stored in advance in the required storage area of the main memory or the auxiliary storage device (in plain text or encrypted).
- the authentication unit 13 performs wireless communication with the predetermined storage device M using the wireless communication device li, and receives the user identification information stored in the predetermined storage device M.
- control means 11 the function of each part of the control means 11, the control activation means 12, the authentication means 13, and the control release means 14 is shared by a plurality of devices, and the information processing device 1 is established by cooperation of these devices. Do not prevent you from doing so.
- the sensor means 10 for detecting the presence or absence of a person and the authentication means 13 for performing user authentication may share the same hardware resource. That is, instead of configuring the sensor means 10 using the human sensor lg, the sensor means 10 is configured using a wireless communication device li for performing wireless communication with a predetermined storage device M, When communication with the predetermined storage device M is disconnected, it can be determined that no user exists, and when communication has been established, it can be determined that a user exists. At this time, the predetermined storage device M and the wireless communication device li are connected to the sensor according to the present invention. It is an element constituting the security means 10 and the authentication means 13. Further, the motion sensor lg is not required.
- the sensor means 10 detects that the user using the information processing apparatus 1 has left his / her seat (step Sll), it starts the screen processing by the control means 11 (step S12), and The reservation processing is started (step S13).
- the wireless communication with a predetermined storage device M owned by a person who intends to use the information processing device 1 Try to establish.
- wireless communication is established with the predetermined storage device M (step S14)
- the user identification information stored in the predetermined storage device M is obtained (step S15), and the obtained user identification information is stored in advance.
- the user authentication is performed by comparing with the user identification information of the user having the valid authority. If the person who intends to use the information processing device 1 can be authenticated as a user having valid authority (step S16), the screen processing by the control means 11 is canceled (step SI7), and The reservation processing by the control means 11 is canceled (step S18). If it is not possible to authenticate the user having the proper authority in step S16, the screen processing and the control processing are not canceled, and the state in which the screen saver is activated is restored. The process returns to step S12 and step S13.
- the sensor means 10 for detecting the presence or absence of a human is a human security sensor lg and a predetermined security function, that is, screen processing and Control means 11 for starting execution of reservation processing, and security function of said control means 11
- Authentication means 13 for authenticating that a person who has returned and is returned is a user having valid authority, and said control means 11 after authentication by said authentication means 13 is completed. Since the information processing apparatus 1 including the control release means 14 for releasing the security function is configured, the security by the control means 11 when the user leaves the seat can be performed without the user having to perform any complicated operation.
- the function is activated. In the state where the security function is activated, it is necessary to authenticate that the authorized user has recovered and release it after that, so that unauthorized access by others can be suppressed and security can be secured. Become.
- An information processing device 1 capable of displaying information on the screen of the display Id as characters, images, videos or a combination thereof is displayed on a screen together with a sensor means 10 for detecting the presence or absence of a person and a human sensor lg.
- a sensor means 10 for detecting the presence or absence of a person and a human sensor lg.
- the control means 11 having at least a function of performing a screen processing for concealing the information being provided and the absence of the user using the information processing apparatus 1 are sensed through the human sensor lg.
- the control activation means 12 for activating the screen processing by the control means 11 and the person who intends to use the information processing apparatus 1 while the screen processing by the control means 11 is activated.
- User Even seen without a complicated operation, the user can conceal the contents of the information to start the screen processing by the control unit 1 1 when leaving the seat. In a state where screen processing has been activated, unauthorized users can authenticate unauthorized access of the information by releasing the screen processing and re-displaying the information after authenticating that the user who has valid authority has returned. And security can be ensured.
- the information processing apparatus 1 capable of executing various information processing is provided with a human sensor lg for detecting the presence or absence of a person and a function of performing a reservation process for retaining reception of an operation for executing the information processing.
- At least control means 11 and control activation for initiating a reservation process by the control means 11 when the user using the information processing apparatus 1 is detected via the motion sensor lg as being away from the user.
- Means 12 and authentication means 13 for authenticating that a person who intends to use said information processing apparatus 1 is a user having valid authority while the reservation processing by said control means 11 is activated.
- the control release means 14 for releasing the reservation processing by the control means 11 after the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed, so that the user does not have to perform a complicated operation. , User leaves seat When the control means 11 accepts the operation, the operation is not accepted. Then, by releasing the reservation of accepting the operation after authenticating that the authorized user has returned, it is possible to prevent unauthorized access by another person and secure security.
- the authentication means 13 performs wireless communication with a predetermined storage device M, which is owned by a person who intends to use the information processing apparatus 1 and stores user identification information for identifying the person, Since the user identification information is obtained from the storage device M of the user and compared with the user identification information for identifying the user having the right authority, the user does not need to perform the input operation of the user identification information. Therefore, it becomes simpler for the user.
- the information processing apparatus 1 is suitable for use in a situation where an unspecified person can reach.
- it can be suitably used in a rental booth where a business person can visit and use at any time, a so-called Internet cafe, a manga cafe, and the like.
- a storage device 2 capable of storing and storing various articles is provided, and these are both provided to a user.
- the storage device 2 is a concept that includes all the fixtures that can store articles, such as a desk drawer, a wagon, a locker, a cabinet, and a chain.
- the user can store articles such as writing utensils, valuables, documents and books in the storage device 2.
- the storage device 2 is provided with a locking device 2a. Needless to say, by locking with the locking device 2a, it is possible to prevent the articles stored in the storage device 2 from being taken out.
- the locking device 2a of the storage device 2 and the information processing device 1 are connected by wire or wirelessly so that signals can be transmitted and received.
- the information processing device 1 can transmit an operation signal to the locking device 2a of the storage device 2 to lock or unlock the locking device 2a.
- the information processing device 1 in the present embodiment is connected via a processor la, a main memory lb, an auxiliary storage device lc, a display ld, a display control device le, and an input / output interface lh.
- a signal interface 1 j for transmitting an operation signal to the locking device 2 a of the storage device 2 is included.
- the specific mode of the signal interface lj depends on the mode of connection between the information processing device 1 and the locking device 2a of the capable tool.
- an RS-232C, USB (Universal Serial Bus) or other wired signal interface can be adopted, and the information processing device 1 and the locking device 2a can be used.
- wirelessly connecting to 2a so-called wireless LAN (Local Area Network), bl A transceiver for data communication, such as uetooth®, or other wireless signal transmission device may be employed.
- the human sensor lg plays a role as sensor means 10 for detecting whether or not a person is present in a predetermined area near the information processing device 1.
- a program to be executed by the processor la is stored in the auxiliary storage device lc, and when the program is executed, the program is read from the auxiliary storage device lc into the main memory lb and decoded by the processor la. Then, the above-mentioned hardware resources are operated according to the program, and the functions as the control means 11, the control activation means 12, the authentication means 13, the control release means 14, and the signal transmission means 15 shown in FIG. I have to.
- the control means 11, the control activation means 12, the authentication means 13, and the control release means 14 can be configured in the same manner as in the first embodiment, and thus the description is omitted here.
- the signal transmitting means 15 transmits an operation signal to the locking device 2a of the storage device 2 using the functions of the signal interface lj and its device driver.
- the signal transmitting means 15 transmits an operation signal for locking the locking device 2a when the user using the information processing device 1 detects the absence of the user via the sensor means 10, and performs authentication. After the authentication by means 13 is completed, an operation signal for unlocking the locking device 2a is transmitted. In other words, when the user leaves the seat, the user locks the storage device 2 to prevent others from taking out the items stored in the storage device 2, and then a user with the right authority appears. In some cases, after the user is authenticated by the authentication means 13, the lock of the storage device 2 is unlocked and the article can be put in and out of the storage device 2 again.
- control means 11, control activation means 12, authentication means 13, control release means The function of each part of the signal transmitting means 14 and the signal transmitting means 15 is shared by a plurality of devices, and the cooperation of these components does not prevent the information processing device 1 from being established.
- step S1 screen processing by the control means 11 is started (step S2), and The reservation processing by the control means 11 is started (step S3). Further, before and after steps S2 and S3, an operation signal for locking the locking device 2a of the storage device 2 is transmitted to the locking device 2a (step S21). As a result, the storage device 2 is locked.
- step S4 screen processing and the reservation processing by the control means 11 are activated and some of the persons approach the information processing apparatus 1 via the human sensor lg (step S4).
- step S5 The user is instructed to input user identification information for identifying a user having valid authority (step S5), and the input of the user identification information is received (step S6).
- step S5 a user ID and / or password input dialogue D as user identification information is displayed on the screen of the display Id, and the user ID using the input device If is used. And / or accept password input.
- step S7 the user authentication is performed by comparing the input user identification information with the previously stored user identification information of a user having valid authority. .
- step S8 If the person who intends to use the information processing device 1 can be authenticated as a user having valid authority (step S8), the screen processing by the control unit 11 is canceled (step S9), and the control unit Release the reservation processing by 11 (step S10). Also, The operation signal for unlocking the locking device 2a of the storage device 2 is transmitted to the locking device 2a before and after step S9 and step S10 (step S22). As a result, the storage device 2 is unlocked. If it is not possible in step S8 to authenticate the user having the correct authority, the user is prompted to input user identification information again. By the way, although not shown in FIG.
- step S6 when the input dialog D is displayed to wait for the input of the user ID and the password (steps S5 and S6), a predetermined value is set without being input. If the time-out period has elapsed, or if the "Cancel" button in the input dialog D is clicked, the input dialog D is erased to restore the state where the screen saver is running. The process may be returned to the stage of S2 and step S3.
- the sensor means 10 for detecting the presence or absence of a person, the human sensor lg, and the locking device 2a provided in the storage device 2 capable of storing various articles are locked or locked.
- the signal transmitting means 15 transmits an operation signal for locking the locking device 2a when the user's absence is detected via the motion sensor lg, and the authentication means Since the information processing device 1 that transmits an operation signal for unlocking the locking device 2a after the completion of the authentication by 13 is configured, while the user is away from his / her seat, the article in the storage 2 Fraudulently taking out or browsing Wear. Therefore, valuables that may be stolen or confidential documents or other articles that should not be seen by others can be safely stored and stored in the storage device 2.
- Lock or unlock in response to an operation signal from the information processing device 1. Since the storage device 2 is provided with the locking device 2a to be locked and can store various articles, various items can be easily maintained using the storage device 2.
- the information processing device 1 having the information display function and the information processing function locks or unlocks the locking device 2a provided in the storage device 2 capable of storing various articles.
- Signal processing means 15 capable of transmitting an operation signal for performing the operation.
- the signal transmission means 15 is adapted to detect the absence of the user using the information processing apparatus 1 by the sensor means 10.
- An operation signal for locking the locking device 2a is transmitted when the operation is sensed through the control unit, and an operation for unlocking the locking device 2a after the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed. Since the signal is transmitted, the protection of digital information stored in the information processing device 1 and the protection of information such as documents stored in the storage device can be achieved at the same time.
- the information processing device 1 and the storage device 2 according to the present embodiment are suitable for use in a situation where an unspecified person can reach.
- it can be suitably used in rental booths where business people can stop by at any time, so-called Internet cuffs, manga cafes, and the like.
- a fourth embodiment described below is a state in which a screen saver is activated on the information processing apparatus 1, that is, the screen processing and the reservation processing are activated, similarly to the second embodiment.
- a method of authenticating that a person who intends to use the information processing device 1 is a user having valid authority in a state where the information
- the user identification information is wirelessly received from a predetermined storage device M which the user has in advance. You.
- a description will be given focusing on differences from the second embodiment and the third embodiment.
- an RFID tag is used as the predetermined storage device M.
- the RFID tag is a recording medium on which information can be read and rewritten without contact by wireless communication.
- the method of RFID is not particularly limited.
- the predetermined storage device M can be worn on the user like a badge, for example.
- the predetermined storage device M is not necessarily an RFID tag, and is a portable information processing terminal having a wireless communication function, particularly a mobile phone terminal having a data communication transceiver such as bluetooth (registered trademark). Does not prevent the storage device M from being a predetermined storage device M. Then, in such a predetermined storage device M, user identification information for identifying a user who owns the storage device M is stored.
- a storage device 2 capable of storing and storing various articles is provided, and these are used together with the user. Then, as shown in FIG. 15, the locking device 2a of the storage device 2 and the information processing device 1 are connected by wire or wirelessly so that signals can be transmitted and received. The information processing device 1 can transmit an operation signal to the locking device 2a of the storage device 2 to lock or unlock the locking device 2a.
- the information processing device 1 in the present embodiment is connected via a processor la, a main memory lb, an auxiliary storage device lc, a display ld, a display control device le, and an input / output interface lh.
- a signal interface lj for transmitting an operation signal to the locking device 2a of the storage device 2 is included.
- Signal interface lj specific The mode depends on the mode of connection between the information processing device 1 and the locking device 2a of the capable tool.
- an RS-232C, USB or other wired signal interface lj can be adopted, and the information processing device 1 and the locking device 2a can be wirelessly connected.
- a so-called wireless LAN, a transceiver for data communication such as bluetooth (registered trademark), or another wireless signal transmission device can be employed (at this time, the wireless communication device li and the signal interface 1 j are used). And do not prevent them from being the same).
- a program to be executed by the processor la is stored in the auxiliary storage device lc, and when the program is executed, the program is read from the auxiliary storage device lc into the main memory lb and decoded by the processor la. Then, the above-mentioned hardware resources are operated according to the program, and the functions as the control means 11, the control activation means 12, the authentication means 13, the control release means 14, and the signal transmission means 15 shown in FIG. I have to.
- the control means 11, the control activation means 12, the authentication means 13, and the control release means 14 can be configured in the same manner as in the above-described second embodiment, and a description thereof will be omitted.
- the signal transmitting means 15 transmits an operation signal to the locking device 2a of the storage device 2 using the functions of the signal interface lj and its device driver.
- the signal transmission means 15 transmits an operation signal for locking the locking device 2a when the user using the information processing device 1 detects the absence of the user via the sensor means 10, and performs authentication. After the authentication by the means 13 is completed, an operation signal for unlocking the locking device 2a is transmitted. In other words, when the user leaves the seat, the user locks the storage device 2 to prevent others from taking out the articles stored in the storage device 2, and then a user with the right authority appears. Sometimes, the user is authenticated by the authentication means 13 The lock of the storage device 2 is released, and the article can be put in and out of the storage device 2 again.
- control means 11 the function of each part of the control means 11, the control activation means 12, the authentication means 13, the control release means 14, and the signal transmission means 15 is shared by a plurality of devices, and the information processing device 1 It does not prevent that it is established as.
- the sensor means 10 detects that the user using the information processing apparatus 1 has left the seat (step Sll), it starts the screen processing by the control means 11 (step SI2), and The reservation processing by 11 is started (step S13).
- step SI2 the screen processing by the control means 11
- step SI13 The reservation processing by 11 is started (step S13).
- an operation signal for locking the locking device 2a of the storage device 2 is transmitted to the locking device 2a (step S23).
- the storage device 2 is locked.
- the wireless communication with the predetermined storage device M possessed by the person who intends to use the information processing apparatus 1 is performed.
- step S14 When wireless communication is established with the predetermined storage device M (step S14), the user identification information stored in the predetermined storage device M is obtained (step S15), and the obtained user identification information and The user authentication is performed by comparing with the user identification information of the user having the right authority stored in advance. If the person who intends to use the information processing device 1 can be authenticated as a user having valid authority (step S16), the screen processing by the control means 11 is canceled (step S17), And the reservation processing by the control means 11 is canceled (step S18). In addition, before and after steps S17 and SI8, an operation signal for unlocking the locking device 2a of the storage device 2 is transmitted. This is transmitted to the locking device 2a (step S22). As a result, the storage device 2 is unlocked. In step S16, if the user cannot be authenticated as a user having valid authority, the screen processing and the control processing are not canceled and the state where the screen server is activated is restored. That is, the process returns to the steps S12 and S13.
- the locking or unlocking of the human sensor lg which is the sensor means 10 for detecting the presence or absence of a person, and the locking device 2a provided in the storage device 2 capable of storing various articles is performed.
- Signal transmission means 15 capable of transmitting an operation signal for locking, and authentication means 13 for authenticating that a person who has returned after leaving the user is a user having valid authority.
- the signal transmitting means 15 transmits an operation signal for locking the locking device 2a when the user's absence is detected via the motion sensor lg, and the authentication means 1 Since the information processing device 1 that transmits an operation signal for unlocking the locking device 2a after the authentication by the third device 3 is completed, while the user is away from the seat, an article in the storage device 2 can be stored by another person. Deters illegally taking out or browsing Kill. Therefore, valuables that may be stolen or confidential documents or other articles that should not be seen by others can be safely stored and stored in the storage device 2.
- a locking device 2a that is locked or unlocked in response to an operation signal provided from the information processing device 1, and has a storage device 2 capable of storing various articles. Various items can be preserved.
- the information processing device 1 having the information display function and the information processing function locks or unlocks the locking device 2a provided in the storage device 2 capable of storing various articles.
- Signal transmitting means 15 capable of transmitting an operation signal for performing the operation.
- the user using the information processing device 1 detects that the user has left the seat via the sensor means 10
- an operation signal for locking the locking device 2a is transmitted
- the authentication means 13 Since the operation signal for unlocking the locking device 2a is transmitted after the authentication is completed, the protection of the digital information stored in the information processing device 1 and the document stored in the storage device are performed. And other information can be protected at the same time.
- the information processing device 1 and the storage device 2 in the present embodiment are suitable for use in a situation where an unspecified person can reach c. It can be suitably used in rental booths, so-called Internet cafes, manga cafes, etc.
- the information processing device 3 in the present embodiment is configured with a view to maintaining the overall security of the workspace used by the user.
- the description will focus on the differences from the first to fourth embodiments.
- the information processing device 3 in the present embodiment is a system including a control device 4 and at least one storage device guarding device 5 as main elements.
- the control device 4 is installed in a work space provided with, for example, furniture such as a desk and a chair, and a computer 6 having an information display function and an information processing function.
- the storage device guarding device 5 is provided in the storage device 2 such as a drawer of a desk, a cabinet, a wagon, a locker, or a user's lock according to a user's option. It is preferable that the storage device monitoring device 5 is detachable from the storage device 2.
- An operation signal receiving unit 53 that receives an operation signal for canceling the operation is provided. Since the storage device guarding device 5 of the present embodiment is used by being disposed in the storage device 2, an optical sensor 5a for detecting a light wave incident from outside the storage device 2 is mounted on the sensing unit 51. That is, the sensing unit 51 detects that the storage device 2 has been opened by detecting the light wave incident on the storage device 2 when the storage device 2 is opened by several hands.
- the sensor element mounted on the sensing unit 51 is not limited to the optical sensor 5a. Therefore, for example, a vibration sensor that detects vibrations caused by several operations, an inclination sensor that detects inclination, or a pressure-sensitive sensor (a drawer that is attached to a drawer or door that closes the storage space of the storage device 2) When a door or the like is opened and closed, a change in pressure received from the drawer door or the like is detected), and a distance sensor (detects a distance that changes between the opened state and the closed state of the storage device 2. For example, When the drawer is pulled out when it is placed upward in the drawer, there is no longer any object between the sensor and the ceiling), and others.
- the alarm unit 52 transmits a signal notifying that somebody has operated the storage device 2, or transmits an alarm for intimidating a person who has operated the storage device 2.
- the alarm unit 52 of the present embodiment is a device for alarming. For example, a light emitting device 5b and Z that emits light to emit an alarm or an audio output device 5c that outputs sound and emits an alarm, and A control circuit 5d for controlling the devices 5b and 5c is mounted. These are usually driven by a battery, but the alarm is issued when the sensing unit 51 detects an operation on the storage unit 2, more specifically, when the optical sensor 5 a of the sensing unit 51 is housed. Tool 2 It is when it is detected.
- the alarm may be continuously issued once, or the alarm may be issued only while the optical sensor 5 a of the sensing unit 51 is detecting a light wave. You may do it.
- the alarm may be issued for a certain period of time from the start of the alarm.
- the sensing unit 51 is a solar cell, it is possible to use the light wave incident when the storage device 2 is opened as energy to generate an alarm.
- the operation signal receiving section 53 receives an operation signal by wire or wirelessly.
- the operation signal is provided from the control device 4.
- a radio transceiver 5 e having a function of receiving an operation signal wirelessly transmitted from the control device 4 plays a role of the operation signal receiving unit 53.
- the wireless transceiver 5e is connected to the control circuit 5d of the alarm unit 52. Then, when the control circuit 5 d of the alarm unit 52 receives an operation signal for canceling the security function via the operation signal receiving unit 53, the control circuit 5 d does not perform the alarm operation but cancels the security function.
- the alarming operation is performed only when the operation of the storage device 2 by some persons is detected through the sensing unit 51.
- an operation signal for canceling is transmitted from the control device 4, and while the operation signal is received by the operation signal receiving unit 53, the operation signal is output even if the sensing unit 51 detects an operation on the storage device 2. No alarm is issued by the reporting unit 52.
- the operation signal receiving unit 53 is a wired communication interface, which does not prevent the storage device guarding device 5 and the control device 4 from being wiredly connected.
- FIG. 30 is a basic circuit showing a circuit for supplying the power of the battery E to the load Z, that is, the control circuit 5d, the light emitting device 5b, the sound output device 5c, the wireless transceiver 5e, etc. in the storage device monitoring device 5.
- FIG. Semiconductor switches (eg, field effect transistors, bipolar transistors, Thyristor, etc.) 5h is arranged, and power supply to the load Z can be controlled through ON / OFF of the semiconductor switch 5h.
- the n-channel MOS FET 5h is used as a switch.
- the optical sensor 5a when not receiving light acts as a large resistance.
- the storage device guarding device 5 of the present embodiment is configured to supply power to the alarm unit 52 and the operation signal receiving unit 53 when the optical sensor 5 detects a light wave, thereby achieving power saving and battery life. Is being extended.
- the storage device guarding device 5 having the sensing unit 51, the alarm unit 52, and the operation signal receiving unit 53 is a security function that suppresses the operation of the storage device 2 by a person other than a user who has valid authority. (That is, a function for detecting and issuing an unauthorized operation), which functions as the control means 11 shown in FIG.
- the control device 4 includes a human sensor 4a for detecting the presence or absence of a user or another person, and a wireless transceiver 4b for performing wireless communication with the storage device monitoring device 5.
- a display device 4c (a light-emitting device or a display such as an LED) for displaying a sign to a user or the like; an input device 4d (typically a key input device) for receiving an operation input by the user;
- a hardware resource such as a communication interface 4e for connecting to the terminal by wire or wireless is controlled by a control circuit 4f.
- a processor (not shown) that operates the above hardware resources by decoding the program stored in the memory 4g may be installed.
- the control device 4 is When the communication interface is USB, IEEE1394, or the like, power can be supplied from the computer 6 via the communication interface 4e. It is also conceivable to connect the control device 4 and the computer 6 so that they can communicate with each other by power line (or power line) communication. That is, when the control device 4 and the computer 6 have power line modems as the communication interfaces 4e and 6g, and are connected to a power line via the power line modem, the power supply is supplied from the power line and the same power is supplied. The control device 4 and the computer 6 can communicate with each other via the light line. By using the above hardware resources by the control circuit 4f, the control device 4 functions as the sensor means 10, the authentication means 13, and the control release means 14 shown in FIG. Demonstrate.
- the sensor means 10 detects the presence or absence of a person in the workspace where the control device 4 is installed. It is possible to sense the presence or absence of the user via the sensor means 10.
- a human sensor 4a similar to that in the first embodiment is used as the sensor unit 10. Further, as described in the supplementary explanation in the first embodiment, it does not prevent the use of the human sensor 4a in combination with the distance sensor or the like.
- information on the output of the sensor means 10 may be transmitted to the computer 6 one by one.
- the authentication means 13 authenticates that the person who returns after the user leaves the desk is a user who has valid authority. That is, when the human sensor 4a is used as the sensor means 10, the human sensor 4a itself cannot determine whether the person appearing in the workspace is a user or a person other than the user. This is performed by user authentication by the authentication means 13.
- User authentication for example, This is performed in such a manner that a person who has returned to the workspace is required to enter user identification information for identifying a user having valid authority.
- the user identification information relating to the user having valid authority is stored in the control device 4 or a storage device such as a memory 4g mounted in the control circuit 4f or a computer communicably connected to the control device 4.
- a passcode is input via the input device 4d as user identification information.
- the user identification information is not always a passcode. Therefore, for example, biometric data based on a user's physical characteristics may be used as user identification information to perform biometric authentication.
- a device used to input the biometric data is provided in the control device 4 in advance.
- the authentication means 13 may perform authentication using a plurality of methods in combination.
- the authentication means 13 when the authentication means 13 detects the approach of some people via the human sensor 4a, the authentication means 13 gives an instruction to the person to prompt the user to input user identification information for identifying a user having valid authority. It is also preferable to receive the input.
- the instruction for prompting the input of the user identification information is given through a screen display, an audio output, or other various user interfaces.
- a sign for example, LED light emission, blinking, etc.
- user identification is performed via this audio output device. It is also possible to output a voice prompting information input.
- the control release means 14 releases the predetermined security function started by the control means 11 on condition that the sensor means 10 detects the absence of the user after the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed. I do.
- the storage device guarding device 5 provided in the storage device 2 serves as the control unit 11 that executes a security function related to opening and closing of the storage device 2. Therefore, in order to cancel the security function started by the storage device guard device 5, it is necessary to input an operation signal indicating the release to the storage device guard device 5.
- the control release means 14 uses the function of the wireless transceiver 4b to transmit an operation signal for releasing the security function to the storage device guarding device 5 when the user authentication processing by the authentication means 13 is successful. .
- Step S28 the security function of the storage device guard device 5 is activated after the user leaves, and the human sensor 4a detects that some people have approached the information processing device 3.
- Step S29 the user is instructed to input user identification information for identifying a user having valid authority.
- Step S30 accept input of user identification information (Step S30).
- Step S30 the person's vision is displayed via the display device 4c. A sign in an appealing manner is output to prompt input of user identification information, and input of a pass code using the input device 4d is received.
- step S31 When the input of the user identification information by the person has been completed (step S31), the input user identification information and a user having valid authority previously stored in the control device 4 (or the computer 6) are sent to the user.
- the user authentication is performed by comparing the user identification information. If the person appearing in the workspace can be authenticated as a user having valid authority (step S32), the security function of the storage device guarding device 5 is released. That is, transmission of an operation signal for releasing the security function is started (step S33). If it is not possible to confirm in step S32 that the user has the right authority, the user is prompted to input user identification information again.
- the storage device guarding device 5 executes a security function related to opening and closing of the storage device 2, but the execution is performed while an operation signal for canceling the security function provided by the control device 4 is not received. Limited. As shown in FIG. 27, when the sensing unit 51 of the storage device guarding device 5 detects an operation on the storage device 2 and the operation signal receiving unit 53 cannot receive the operation signal provided from the control device 4 ( In step S34, step S35), the alarm unit 52 issues an alarm (step S36). On the other hand, even if the sensing unit 51 senses an operation on the storage 2, if the operation signal receiving unit 53 can receive the operation signal, the alerting operation is not performed.
- the storage device guarding device 5 is a security device for opening and closing the storage device 2 on the condition that the sensor means 10 provided in the control device 4 detects the absence of the user.
- the execution of the function is started, and the execution is canceled by the control cancellation means 14 provided in the control device 4.
- the computer 6 can be used to display information on a screen as characters, images, videos or a combination thereof, such as an existing personal computer, a work station, a PDA, etc., and can execute various information processing. Be built.
- the computer 6 is not an essential component in the present system, but can execute processing described later in cooperation with the control device 4.
- the computer 6 includes hardware resources such as a processor 6a, a main memory 6b, an auxiliary storage device 6c, a display 6d, a display control device 6e, and an input device 6f.
- a communication interface 6 g for connecting to the control device 4 by wire or wirelessly is included.
- the specific mode of the communication interface 6g depends on the mode of connection between the control device 4 and the computer 6. That is, when the control device 4 and the computer 6 are connected by wire, an RS-232C, USB, IEEE 1394 or other wire signal interface can be adopted, and the control device 4 and the computer 6 are wirelessly connected.
- a so-called wireless LAN a transceiver for data communication such as bluetooth (registered trademark), or another wireless signal transmission device can be employed.
- a program to be executed by the processor 6a is stored in the auxiliary storage device 6c.
- the program is read from the auxiliary storage device 6c into the main memory 6b and decoded by the processor 6a.
- the above-mentioned hardware resources are operated in accordance with the program, so that the functions as the control means 11, the control activation means 12, and the control release means 14 shown in FIG. 10 are exerted.
- the control unit 11 has a function of performing screen processing for concealing information displayed on the screen, and a function of performing reservation processing for retaining reception of an operation for executing information processing.
- the control means 11 can be configured by using, for example, a known screen module program.
- the currently displayed screen is kept confidential and the acceptance of operations is reserved.
- the power of the display 6d may be turned off, in other words, the display 6d may be turned off.
- control activation means 12 When the control device 4 detects that the user currently using the computer 6 has left the workspace, the control activation means 12 performs the security processing by the control means 11, that is, the screen processing and the reservation processing. to start.
- the control device 4 (the control circuit 4f or the processor thereof) in the present embodiment detects the user's leaving via the motion sensor 4a, the control device 4 transmits information indicating the detection to the computer 6 via the communication interface 4e. Communicate to When this is received via the communication interface 6 g, the control activation means 12 activates the control by the control means 11.
- the control activation means 12 is mainly composed of a program.
- the control release means 14 releases the screen processing and the reservation processing by the control means 11 when the user having the right authority returns to the workspace.
- the control device 4 (the control circuit 4f or the processor thereof) in the present embodiment, when the person who returns after the user has left the seat is authenticated by the authentication means 13 to be a user having valid authority, is so notified. Is transmitted to the computer 6 via the communication interface 4e. When this is received via the communication interface 6 g, the control release means 14 displays the information by releasing the screen saver function based on the screen saver program. The screen shown is restored and operation acceptance is resumed.
- the control release means 14 is also mainly composed of a program.
- the computer 6 does not prevent the computer 6 from being provided with an authentication means 13 for executing user authentication.
- the authentication means 13 confirms that the person who has returned to the workspace is a user having valid authority in a state in which the screen processing and reservation of operation acceptance by the control means 11 are activated. Authenticate. This authentication is performed, for example, when a person who appears in the workspace is requested to input user identification information for identifying a user having valid authority.
- User identification information relating to a user having valid authority is stored in a required storage area of the main memory 6b or the auxiliary storage device 6c, or a predetermined information processing terminal communicably connected to the computer 6.
- a dialog D requesting input of user identification information is displayed on the display 6d, and the input can be accepted.
- An authentication means 13 is provided in each of the control device 4 and the computer 6, and when each can perform user authentication, the security device related to the storage device 2 is provided. Use the authentication means 13 on the control device 4 to release the function, and use the authentication means 13 on the computer 6 to release the security functions (screen processing and reservation processing) related to the computer 6. Can be performed. Alternatively, when user authentication is performed using the authentication means 13 on either side, the security functions of both may be released.
- the control device 4 and the computer 6 can mutually exchange information on the success or failure of the user authentication via the communication interfaces 4 e and 6 g.
- the authentication means 13 is provided on the computer 6 side, it is not always necessary to provide the authentication means 13 on the control device 4 side (in addition, the input device 4d is mounted on the control device 4). No need).
- the user is authenticated using the computer 6 in order to release the security function by the storage device guard device 5. If the authentication means 13 of the computer 6 succeeds in the user authentication, information indicating this is transmitted to the control device 4, and the control device 4 (the control circuit 4f or the processor) receiving the information is stored. An operation signal for release is transmitted to the equipment guard device 5.
- the control device 4 and the computer 6 cooperate to form an “information processing device” according to claim 1 or a “control device” according to claim 11. It will be.
- FIG. 23 shows a basic form in which the storage device guarding device 5, the control device 4, and the computer 6 are used in combination.
- a warning is issued when the storage device 2 is operated without performing the procedure for authenticating a user having valid authority.
- access to the computer 6 by a person other than a user having valid authority is prohibited. That is, the security of the storage device 2 and the security of the computer 6 are simultaneously protected.
- Fig. 31 Is a form excluding the storage device guarding device 5. In this mode, only the security of the computer 6 is protected.
- FIG. 32 shows an embodiment in which only the storage device guard device 5 is used. In this mode, the alarm is always issued when the storage device 2 is operated, regardless of whether the user has the right authority. In this manner, the security of the storage device 2 can be easily protected using only the storage device monitoring device 5.
- a plurality of storage device guard devices 5 may exist in a given workspace. If more than one of these enclosure guards 5 is used by a particular user or user group, the wireless transmission path between each enclosure guard 5 and control unit 4 must be distinguished. No need. In particular, if the security functions of all the storage device guards 5 can be simultaneously released, the operation signal transmitted from the control device 4 to each storage device guard 5 can be shared. However, if the security of only some of the storage device guards 5 can be released, it is necessary to allocate a separate channel for communication between each storage device guard 5 and the control device 4.
- the multiplexing method used by the radio transceivers mounted on the storage device guard device 5 and the control device 4 is not particularly limited. Need to be assigned).
- the above identifiers are written on the control device 4 and the storage device guard device 5, respectively.
- an identifier (particularly a number of several digits) to be assigned to the storage device guarding device 5 is determined, and the same identifier is input to the input device 4d.
- the storage device guarding device 5 in this example has hardware resources such as an optical sensor 5a, a control circuit 5d, a light emitting device 5b, a voice output device 5c, and a wireless transceiver 5e.
- the mounted circuit board 5i is covered with a cover 9, and the dip switch 7 is also mounted on the circuit board 5i. At least a part of the optical sensor 5a and the light emitting device 5b is exposed to the outside.
- the dip switch 7 is connected to the control circuit 5d or the wireless transceiver 5e, and the parameters set by the dip switch 7 are referred to the control circuit 5d or the wireless transceiver 5e.
- the operation signal transmitted from the control device 4 and received by the wireless transceiver 5e includes an identifier for identifying the wireless transmission path (this is an identifier for identifying the storage device monitoring device 5 to which the operation signal is transmitted). If it is included, the control circuit 5d or the wireless transceiver 5e compares the identifier included in the operation signal with the parameter set by the dip switch 7, and accepts or ignores the operation signal. Judge whether to do. That is, the identifier for associating the control device 4 with the storage device guard device 5 is set by the dip switch 7.
- An opening 91 through which the setting key 8 can be inserted is formed in the cover 9 of the storage device guarding device 5.
- the setting key 8 is used to assign a predetermined identifier to one or a plurality of storage device guard devices 5, that is, to set predetermined parameters on the dip switch 7 mounted on the storage device guard device 5. Is what is done. Insert setting key 8 through opening 9 1
- the parameter specified by the setting key 8 can be set to the dip switch 7 by engaging with the operation unit 71 of the switch 7.
- the dip switch 7 in the illustrated example is a slide dip switch 7 having a plurality of operation units 71 that slide.
- the dip switch 7 is provided so as to face an opening 91 formed in the cover 9, and each operation section 71 of the dip switch 7 is provided with a setting key 8 inserted through the opening 91. They are arranged so as to be displaced substantially along the insertion direction.
- Each of the arranged operation units 71 can be positioned at one of two positions on the side closer to the opening 91 and on the side farther from the opening 91.
- One of two values of HIZLO can be set for each operation unit 71, and a parameter having the same number of bits as the number of operation units 71 can be set for the entire dip switch 7.
- the setting key 8 is, for example, a thin plate made of resin, and has an engaging edge 81 and a retreat groove 82 formed at the tip thereof.
- the engagement rim 81 engages with the operating portion 71 when the setting key 8 is inserted through the opening 91 and displaces the operating portion 71 to a required position. It is provided at a site corresponding to the operation unit 71 to be operated.
- the evacuation groove 82 prevents interference with the operation unit 71 when the setting key 8 is inserted so that the operation unit 71 is not displaced. It is provided in a portion corresponding to the part 71.
- the dimension of the evacuation groove 82 in the depth direction (the direction parallel to the insertion direction of the setting key 8) is equal to or larger than the stroke of the operation unit 71 in the switch.
- the groove is a bottomed groove that does not penetrate the front and back of the setting key 8. It does not matter if it penetrates both sides.
- a user who wants to set parameters on the dip switch 7 grasps the base end of the setting key 8 and inserts it into the cover 9 through the opening 9 1. I do. Then, the engaging edge 81 provided at the distal end portion comes into contact with or contacts a plurality of operating portions 71. Then, by being pushed inward as it is, the operating portion 71 associated with the engaging edge 81 receives the operating force and is displaced away from the opening 91. On the other hand, the position of the operation unit 71 that has entered the evacuation groove 82 cannot be changed. This state is shown in FIGS. 35 to 37. Thereafter, the setting key 8 is pulled out of the opening 91 to complete the parameter setting work. When the same parameter is to be set for a plurality of storage device protection devices 5, it goes without saying that the above-described operation may be performed for each of the storage device protection devices 5.
- a guide member 92 for guiding the setting key 8 is provided between the periphery of the opening 91 formed in the cover 9 and the dip switch 7.
- the guide member 92 has a pair of ridges 93 projecting from the surface thereof. The distance between the pair of ridges 93 is substantially equal to the dimension of the setting key 8 in the width direction (the direction perpendicular to the insertion direction). Then, both sides of the setting key 8 are slid with respect to the respective ridges 93 (further, the surface of the setting key 8 is slid with respect to the surface of the guide member 92). The distal end portion can be appropriately entered toward the operation portion 71 of the dip switch 7.
- the setting key 8 is inserted at a certain position so that the setting key 8 inserted from the opening 91 does not advance too far and the operation unit 7 1 that has entered the evacuation groove 82 is not operated. It is also preferable to provide a stopper 94 to prevent further entry of the vehicle. W
- a dip switch (not shown) and an opening (not shown) similar to those provided in the storage device monitoring device 5 may be provided in the control device 4. Then, by applying the setting key 8 applied to the storage device guarding device 5 also to the control device 4, it is possible to set the same parameter for both, that is, an identifier for associating the two.
- a mechanical switch 7 having a plurality of operation units 71 and each operation unit 71 is individually operated; a cover 9 for shielding the switch 7 from the outside; and the cover 9.
- a switch setting mechanism comprising: an opening 91 formed in an opening 9; and a setting key 8 that can be inserted through the opening 91 and engage a front end with an operating portion 71 of the switch. Operation at the tip of the setting key 8
- an engaging edge 81 for engaging the operating section 71 and displacing the operating section 71 to a required position is provided, and the operating section 7 which should not be operated is provided.
- a retracting groove 82 for avoiding interference with the operation unit 71 is provided at a position corresponding to the operation unit 71, and the user inserts the setting key 8 through the opening 91 so that a plurality of operation units 7 1 (positions) are provided.
- Switch setting characterized by being able to set all at once
- the setting mechanism is configured, the operation of setting the parameters on the switch 7 can be easily performed, and the burden is lighter than operating each operation unit 71 of the switch 7 one by one. This is particularly the case when the same identifier is set for each of a plurality of devices to be set (storage device guarding device 5 and / or control device 4).
- Switch 7 can be quickly set to the same state.
- the switch 7 can be protected by the cover 9, there is no fear that the switch operation unit 71 is erroneously operated.
- one dip switch device 7 having a plurality of operation units 71 corresponds to the “mechanical switch” referred to herein.
- the switch is not limited to a slide switch on which the operation unit 71 slides. Therefore, for example, a lever switch or a toggle switch in which the operation unit swings, a push switch in which the operation unit protrudes and retracts, or the like can be employed.
- each operating portion 71 is located at one of two positions, one on the side near the opening 91 and the other on the side farther from the opening 91, so that the operating portion 71
- the operation unit 71 that is pushed and displaced always slides to a position farther than the opening 91. Therefore, the engaging edges 81 provided on the setting key 8 and corresponding to the individual operating portions 71 to be operated are aligned in a line in the width direction of the setting key 8.
- multiple controls used by different users The transmission and reception of operation signals between the control device 4 and the storage device guarding device 5 associated with the control device 4 are appropriately performed without interference. That is, in a situation where the storage device guarding device 5 used by a plurality of users is mixed in the workspace, when a certain user performs user authentication through the control device 4 used by the user, the user authentication is performed. An operation signal is applied only to the storage device guard device 5 used by the user, and the security function is released. The storage device guard device 5 used by other users still retains the security function. Thus, in a workspace shared by a plurality of users, security can be ensured for each user.
- the identifier assigned to each storage device guard device 5 and the user identification information can be stored in the control device 4 in association with each other. This allows the control device 4 to selectively release the storage device guarding device 5 associated with the authenticated user after the user authentication by the authentication means 13.
- the storage device guarding device 5 is formed so that its appearance resembles that of another article, or has a function as another article.
- articles that are not unnatural even when stored in the storage device 2, that is, molded into a shape resembling the product used with the stationary storage device 2, or such an item is used as control means 11.
- the appearance may be shaped to resemble the shape of a file or box for storing documents, writing utensils or other stationery, a partition that partitions the storage space of the storage device 2, etc.
- the storage device guarding device 5 is configured by mounting various devices that are elements of the alarm unit 52 and the operation signal receiving unit 53.
- the outer shape of the storage device guarding device 5 is formed by a resin cover 9 so as to resemble a file folder.
- Control means 11 The security function executed by the storage device guard device 5 is released only while receiving an operation signal for release provided by the control device 4. That is, while the user is present, the control device 4 continuously transmits an operation signal for cancellation. However, as another mode, the control device 4 transmits an operation signal for activating the security function of the storage device guarding device 5 when detecting the absence of the user, and the user having the legitimate authority. An operation signal for canceling the security function of the storage device guard device 5 can be transmitted when it can be authenticated that the device has returned. In this case, the storage device guard device 5 starts executing the security function when receiving the operation signal for activation, and when receiving the operation signal for canceling while the security function is being executed. Stop the security function.
- Information on whether the security function is currently to be executed (when the user is away) or the function is to be stopped (when the user is present) is stored in the storage device. 5 (memory not shown). That is, when any one of the operation signals is received by the operation signal receiving unit 53, the held state is switched according to the content of the operation signal.
- the control circuit of the alerting unit 52 performs an alerting operation when the sensing unit 51 senses an operation on the storage bin 2 and the current state is a state in which the security function should be executed with reference to the memory.
- the alarm unit 52 is provided on the control device 4 side instead of the storage device guard device 5 side. It is also possible.
- the alarm unit provided in the control device 4 is in a state in which an alarm can be issued from the time when the user leaves the seat is detected by the sensor means 10 until the authentication means 13 authenticates the return of the user having the right authority. Put in.
- the storage device monitoring device 5 detects an operation on the storage device 2 via the sensing unit 51, the storage device monitoring device 5 uses the function of the wireless transceiver 5e to transmit information indicating the operation.
- the notification unit of the control device 4 issues a notification by emitting light, outputting a sound, or the like.
- the storage device monitoring device 5 and the control device 4 cooperate to form the control means 11 for executing the security function.
- the above-mentioned control means 1 1 The storage device guard device 5 senses the operation of the storage device 2 by several people, and when the person who performed the operation is considered to be a person other than a user who has valid authority Was to be reported to.
- a lock mechanism that is controlled by the control circuit 5d and physically inhibits the opening and closing of the storage device 2 is mounted on the storage device protection device 5.
- the control circuit 5d activates the balloon contained in the locking mechanism when an operation signal for releasing the security function, in other words, an operation signal for unlocking is received via the operation signal receiving unit 53.
- the storage device 2 is allowed to open and close by contracting or driving the lock bolt member.
- the control circuit 5d inflates the balloon of the locking mechanism or drives the lock bolt member to lock the storage device 2.
- the control means 1 1 the storage device guarding device 5 instead, the security function called locking is executed.
- the sensing unit 51 for sensing the operation on the storage device 2 does not necessarily have to be mounted.
- the balloon or the lock of the locking mechanism is received.
- the locking may be performed by driving a bolt member.
- the wireless transceiver 4b of the control device 4 functions as the "signal transmitting means" described in claims 6 or 7, and the storage device guarding device 5 corresponds to the "locking device”. Will be done.
- a voltage is applied to the part where the finger of the person who wants to operate the storage device 2 operated by the failure mechanism touches the finger and prohibits the operation of the person (such as an electric fence). May be implemented. Even in such a case, opening and closing of the storage device 2 can be suppressed.
- the system in which the control device 4 controls the storage device 2 incorporating the locking device described in the third or fourth embodiment may be used.
- the wireless transceiver of the control device 4 plays a role as signal transmitting means 15 for transmitting an operation signal to the locking device 2a of the storage device 2.
- an operation signal for locking the locking device 2 a is transmitted, and after the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed, the locking device 2 is locked.
- An operation signal for unlocking a is transmitted.
- the storage device guarding device 5 having a locking function is incorporated in the storage device 2 as a locking device according to claims 6 or 7.
- the locking device 2a incorporated in the storage device 2 can be regarded as the "control means 11" described in claims 1 or 4.
- the storage device guarding device 5 detects an illegal operation on the storage device 2, it can obtain information on the fact that the operation has been performed illegally. For example, when an operation signal for canceling the security function is not received, when an operation on the storage device 2 by some persons is detected through the sensing unit 51, the control circuit 5d of the alarm unit 52 is detected. The information indicating that the unauthorized operation has been performed is transmitted to the control device 4 using the function of the wireless transceiver 5e. When detecting that the storage device 2 has been operated without the user authentication by the authentication means 13, the storage device guarding device 5 reports the fact in the form of a radio signal. I can say.
- unauthorized access information output means 16 for generating and outputting information on the fact of fraud shown in FIG. 20 is provided in the control device 4 or the computer 6 connected to the control device 4.
- the output of information is a concept encompassing display on a display screen, printout, transmission of information to the outside, writing to memory, a hard disk drive, and other storage devices.
- the specific configuration of the unauthorized access information output means 16 depends on the mode of output of information on the fact of unauthorized access. In the present embodiment, for example, it is assumed that the control device 4 plays a role as the unauthorized access information output means 16. That is, information indicating that an unauthorized operation has been performed provided by the storage device guarding device 5 is received via the wireless transceiver 4b.
- control circuit 4f (or the processor) of the control device 4 generates information on the fact of the unauthorized operation and writes the information into the memory 4g mounted on the control device 4, and sends the information to the computer 6 via the communication interface 4e. And transmits the information to a predetermined information processing terminal (not shown) that is communicably connected to the computer 6 via a telecommunication line (the information processing terminal serving as the transmission destination). Is usually stored in advance in the memory 4g of the control / control device 4 or the main memory 6b or the auxiliary storage device 6c of the computer 6).
- the information generated and output by the unauthorized access information output unit 16 includes, for example, information indicating the storage device 2 operated illegally, information indicating the date and time when the unauthorized operation was performed, and the like. However, this does not prevent the unauthorized access information output means 16 from being provided in the computer 6. That is, the control circuit 4f of the control device 4 which has received the information indicating that the illegal operation has been performed from the storage device guarding device 5 notifies the computer 6 via the communication interface 4e of the fact. Then, the processor 6a of the computer 6, which has received the notification, generates information on the fact of the unauthorized operation based on the program and displays the information on the display 6d, and displays the required information in the main memory 6b or the auxiliary storage device 6c. The information is output in a form such as writing to a storage area or transmitting to a predetermined information processing terminal communicably connected to the computer 6 via an electric communication line.
- the unauthorized access information output means 16 can generate and output information on the fact even when the user authentication by the authentication means 13 fails.
- the sensor means 10 for detecting the presence or absence of a person is a human sensor 4a, and the human sensor 4a detects that the user has left.
- the control means 11 for starting execution of a predetermined security function, that is, screen processing and / or reservation processing, and a person who returns while the security function by the control means 11 is activated has a valid authority.
- An information processing apparatus 3 comprising: an authentication unit 13 for authenticating that the user has the authentication function; and a control release unit 14 for releasing the security function by the control unit 11 after the authentication by the authentication unit 13 is completed.
- the security function by the control means 11 is activated when the user leaves the seat, without the user having to perform any complicated operations. In the state where the security function is activated, since the authorized user authenticates that the user has returned and cancels it, the unauthorized user is prevented from unauthorized access and the security can be secured. Will be something.
- the storage device guarding device 5 as the control unit 11 executes a function for securing security related to opening and closing of the storage device 2, and the control release unit 14 performs the authentication by the authentication unit 13.
- an operation signal for releasing the security function is transmitted to the control means 11, so that while the user is away from his / her seat, another person in the storage device 2 can use the operation signal. Since it is possible to prevent illegally taking out or browsing items, valuables that may be stolen or confidential documents or other items that you want to avoid being seen by others can be safely stored in the storage device 2. It can be kept.
- Control means 1 1 Since the storage device guard device 5 is detachable from the storage device 2, the user can arbitrarily install it in a drawer, cabinet, locker, tongue, etc. of his / her desk and use them. Security can be improved.
- Signal transmitting means 15 for transmitting an operation signal for locking or unlocking the locking device provided in the secure storage device 2, and a person who returns after the user leaves the seat has the proper authority.
- Authentication means 13 for authenticating that the user is possessed, and when the signal transmission means 15 senses that the user has left the seat via the sensor means 10, the locking of the locking device is performed. By transmitting an operation signal for unlocking the locking device after the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed. Can build a simple security system as well. If the locking device is in the unlocked state only while receiving the operation signal for unlocking (the state shifts to the locked state when the operation signal for unlocking cannot be received). The signal transmitting means 15 stops transmitting the operation signal when the user senses the absence of the user via the sensor means 10, and then the authentication of the authorized user is performed by the authentication means 13. The transmission of the operation signal may be restarted when the operation is performed.
- the system further includes an unauthorized access information output unit 16 that generates and outputs information on the fact, the information on the unauthorized operation of the computer 6 and the storage device 2 by a third party is transmitted to a required destination and the unauthorized access is performed. It will be possible to report the facts of the act or to accumulate information on wrongdoing and refer to it later.
- the present embodiment is not limited to the mode described in detail above, and the specific configuration of each part can be variously modified.
- the modes of the sensor means 10 and the authentication means 13 are not limited to those described above.
- the user himself / herself inputs user identification information.
- the user identification information stored in the predetermined storage device M previously owned by the unsolicited user may be obtained.
- the predetermined storage device M an RFID tag, a portable information processing terminal having a wireless communication function, or the like can be employed. Then, for example, as shown in FIG.
- a wireless communication device 4h for acquiring user identification information from the storage device M owned by the user by wireless communication is mounted on the control device 4.
- the specific mode of the wireless communication device 4h depends on the mode of the predetermined storage device M possessed by the user.
- the predetermined storage device M is an RFID tag of an electronic induction type
- the storage device M includes a coil (antenna) for inducing an induced voltage in an induction coil in the RFID tag.
- the predetermined storage device M is an optical RF ID tag, it includes an infrared device for performing infrared communication with the RFID tag.
- it may be a data communication transceiver such as bluetooth (registered trademark) for communicating with a portable information processing terminal.
- the wireless communication device 4h for transmitting and receiving the user identification information to and from the predetermined storage device M and the wireless transceiver 4b for transmitting and receiving signals to and from the storage device guarding device 5 may be separate. And may be the same.
- detecting the presence or absence of the predetermined storage device M and detecting the presence or absence of the user are synonymous. Therefore, the presence or absence of a person
- the same hardware resource may be shared by the sensor means 10 for detecting and the authentication means 13 for performing user authentication. That is, the sensor means 10 is configured using the wireless communication device 4h for performing wireless communication with the predetermined storage device M, and the user does not exist when the communication with the predetermined storage device M is interrupted.
- the predetermined storage device M and the wireless communication device 4h are elements of the sensor means 10 and the authentication means 13 according to the present invention, it is necessary to mount the motion sensor 4a and the input device 4d on the control device 4. Will disappear.
- the input device 4d is installed (not shown in FIG. 29), authentication using the storage device M such as an RFID tag, and the user himself / herself passcode through the input device 4d. And the like for inputting user identification information such as.
- the user authentication is performed by inputting the passcode, and the security function (illegal operation detection and alarm function) of the storage device 2 and the function of the The system can release security functions (screen processing, reservation processing).
- a wireless communication device 5f for acquiring user identification information from the storage device M owned by the user may be mounted on the storage device guarding device 5.
- the user authentication processing can be executed by the storage device guarding device 5 instead of the control device 4.
- the storage device guard device 5 includes hardware resources such as the optical sensor 5a, the light emitting device 5b and / or the audio output device 5c, and the control circuit 5d shown in FIG. It plays the role of the control means 11 (the sensing unit 51, the alarm unit 52) for executing the security function according to the device 2. Then, the control circuit 5d (may be a computer with a microphone).
- the program to be executed and stored may be stored in the memory 5g described below), and controls the wireless communication device 5f to exchange user identification information with a predetermined storage device M owned by the user.
- a predetermined storage device M owned by the user.
- user identification information of a user having valid authority is stored in advance.
- the control circuit 5d compares the user identification information read from the predetermined storage device M with the user identification information of the user having valid authority stored in the memory 5g, and Is determined as to whether or not the person possessing is a valid user.
- the security function of the storage device 2 is released. That is, even if the sensing unit 51 senses an operation on the storage device 2, no alarm is issued by the light emitting device 5b and / or the sound output device 5c.
- the control circuit 5d intermittently or continuously communicates with the storage device M via the wireless communication device 5f (timing for acquiring user identification information from the storage device M can be changed as appropriate), and communicates with the storage device M.
- the user identification information stored in M is acquired, and it is confirmed every time that the owner is a user having valid authority.
- the security function for the storage device 2 is started assuming that the user has left.
- the security function of the storage device 2 is canceled assuming that the user has returned or is present. That is, the sensor means 10 is configured using the wireless communication device 5f for performing wireless communication with the predetermined storage device M.
- the wireless communication device 5f and the control circuit 5d for comparing the user identification information are elements of the authentication unit 13 according to the present invention.
- the control circuit 5d for controlling the voice output device 5c serves as control release means 14 for releasing the security function. In such a case, since the activation of the security function can be canceled without using the control device 4, the security function can be used alone without being combined with the control device 4.
- a plurality of control devices 4 are arranged in their own workspaces corresponding to a plurality of users, and computers 6 to which these control devices 4 are connected are communicably connected to each other via a telecommunication line.
- the computer 6 also functions as current status information transmitting means for transmitting information on the current status of the user who uses the computer 6 to other users based on the program.
- One user's computer 6 usually has a destination address for sending information to another user's computer 6 (either an address pointing to the computer 6 itself used by another user, or to another user's computer 6).
- the information may be an address for instructing a computer (not shown) to be a relay when information is transmitted) in the main memory 6b or the auxiliary storage device 6c.
- the authenticating means 13 confirms the return of a user who has valid authority, information indicating that the user has returned is transmitted to the destination address stored therein, thereby enabling other users to return. To inform.
- the computer 6 controls a printing process in which a printer P outputs a document, a chart, an image, and the like in a hard copy.
- the information processing device (system) 30 that can be controlled will be described. In general offices, rental booths, Internet cafes, etc., multiple people often share the printer P.
- the computer 6 sends a print job to the printer P.
- the system 30 is constructed such that a desired hard copy of the user is output from the printer P after the user arrives at a place where the printer P is located.
- the information processing apparatus (system) 30 according to the present embodiment, as shown in the configuration explanatory diagram of FIG.
- the storage means 401 for temporarily storing, the authentication means 402 for recognizing and proving the user appearing in the vicinity of the printer P, and the print information stored in the storage means 401, which is authenticated by the authentication means 402.
- Control means 403 for extracting print information permitted to be browsed by the user and outputting the information to the printer P as a hard copy.
- the computer 6 used by the user stores data such as documents, charts, and images.
- Application software for creating data or downloading it from an external computer (not shown) connected via a telecommunication line, and printer P driver software for controlling the printer P are installed in advance.
- the application software and the printer P driver software cooperate to convert data such as documents, charts, and images to be printed into appropriate print information for the printer P to print.
- the printing information includes at least information specifying a document, a chart, an image, and the like, and information specifying a printing mode such as a sheet size, the number of printed sheets, and whether to perform single-sided printing or double-sided printing.
- the print information is described in a format that can be interpreted by the printer P that actually performs printing.
- the computer 6 generates print information and transmits it to the printer P, thereby causing the printer P to output a desired content such as a document, a chart, or an image in a hard copy.
- the print information is temporarily stored in the storage unit 401 and waited for the start of the printing operation.
- the print information relating to the user is input to the printer P to output a hard copy.
- the system 30 includes a computer 6 used by each user, a control device 40 connected to the computer 6 via a telecommunication line, and a control device 40.
- the main component is at least one connected printer P.
- the computer 6 is the same as that in the fifth embodiment, and is arranged in a workspace where a user works. As described above, the application software for creating or downloading data such as documents, charts, images, and the like, and the printer P driver software for controlling the printer P are installed in the combi- ter 6 in advance. Also, each computer 6 W
- the control device 40 includes a processor 40a.5 main memory 40b, an auxiliary storage device 40c, and an input device 40d for receiving an operation input by a user (typically, a key input device). ), A hard disk resource such as a communication interface 40e for connecting to the computer 6 or the printer P by wire or wirelessly.
- the input device 40d is a device for acquiring user identification information for identifying a user appearing near the printer P.
- the input operation is accepted.
- the user identification information stored in the predetermined storage device M owned by the user is obtained instead of the input by the user himself / herself, the user identification information is wirelessly communicated from the storage device M.
- the communication interface 40e is, for example, a NIC (Network Interface Card) for connecting the computer 6 via a telecommunication line such as LAN, WAN (Wide Are Network), or a USB for connecting to the printer P. And a serial port for connecting IEEE1394 and traditional printer P. However, connect printer P to a telecommunication line such as LAN or WAN
- the electric communication line may be interposed between the control device 40 and the printer P.
- the input device 40d or a wireless communication device not shown should be provided near the printer P.
- other hardware resources need not necessarily be located near the printer P. Therefore, the input device 4250d or a wireless communication device (not shown) and other hardware resources
- the main body of the control device 40 is connected to the main body of the control device 40 in a wired or wireless manner so that it can communicate with the main body, and the main body of the control device 40 is separated from the printer P.
- a program to be executed by the processor 40a is stored in the auxiliary storage device 40c, and when the program is executed, the program is read from the auxiliary storage device 40c into the main memory 40b, and is executed by the processor 40a. Decrypted by Then, the above-mentioned hardware resources are operated in accordance with the program so as to exhibit a function as a print control mechanism including the storage means 401, the authentication means 402, and the control means 403 shown in FIG.
- the storage unit 401 is configured using a required storage area of the main memory 40b or the auxiliary storage device 40c, and stores print information provided by the computer 6.
- the authentication means 402 obtains user identification information for identifying a user appearing near the printer P via the input device 40d or a wireless communication device (not shown) and authenticates the user.
- the control unit 403 extracts, from the print information stored in the storage unit 401, print information that is permitted to be viewed by the user authenticated by the authentication unit 402, and transmits this to the printer P. To perform a printing operation.
- the basic processing procedure executed by the control device 40 in the present system 30 will be described with reference to the flowcharts shown in FIGS. 43 and 44.
- the control device 40 waits for print information sent from the computer 6 via the electric communication line (step S37).
- an address for example, an IP address
- the control device 40 the communication interface 40e thereof
- Convenience store Data 6 sends print information to the address according to the printer P driver software or the like. From the computer 6, the control device 40 appears to be present on the telecommunication line as a virtual printer P or print server. Control apparatus, when receiving the print information via the communication interface 40 e, such as NIC, which is temporarily stored in the storage unit 401 serving as the main memory 40c or the auxiliary storage device 40c from (step S 38) c computer 6
- the print information transmitted and received by the control device 40 generally conforms to a known protocol such as the SMB / CIFS (Server Message Block ZCommon Intern et File System) protocol.
- the identifier (computer name) that identifies the computer 6 that issued the print information ⁇ the identifier (user account) that identifies the login user using the computer 6 Attached to print information.
- the control device 40 stores the information such as the computer name and the user account and the print information in the main memory 40b or the auxiliary storage device 40c in association with each other. As a result, the control device 40 can know to which user the individual print information stored by the control device 40 belongs.
- the control device 40 accepts the input of the user identification information using the input device 40d by the user appearing near the printer P, or
- the user identification information stored in the storage device M possessed by the user appearing in the above is read and acquired via the wireless communication device (step S39).
- the user appearing in the vicinity of the printer P is authenticated (step S40). More specifically, in the authentication step 40, the acquired user identification information and the compilation associated with the stored print information are displayed. Data names, user accounts, etc. are compared to determine whether there is a corresponding one.
- step S39 it is not always possible to directly compare the user identification information obtained in step S39 with the computer name, user account, and the like associated with the print information received in step S37. is there.
- table information that associates the user identification information with a computer name or a user account that is, table information for converting the user identification information into a computer name or a user account, etc .; not shown).
- the user identification information and the computer name or user account associated with the print information can be directly compared, for example, if the user identification information is the user account itself, no table information is required. It is.
- the user identification information received or obtained is compared with the computer name, user account, etc. associated with the print information, and if there is a corresponding one, the print information is located near the printer P. Is a print job by the user appearing in the above, that is, a print job that the user is allowed to view. Accordingly, appropriate print information associated with the user name, the user name, and the like associated with the user identification information is extracted (step S41), and transmitted to the printer P (step S42).
- the storage means 401 for temporarily storing print information transmitted from the computer 6 to the printer P, the authentication means 402 for authenticating a user who has appeared near the printer P,
- the print information stored in the means 401 is not permitted to be viewed by the user authenticated by the authentication means 402.
- the information processing device (system) 30 including a print control mechanism including a control means 403 for extracting the print information and outputting it to the printer P as a hard copy is configured. Documents, charts, images, and the like are output from the printer P before the user who has submitted the job arrives at the place where the printer P is located, and it is possible to effectively avoid exposure to the eyes of a third party.
- the system 30 can be constructed by providing a control device 40 that implements a print control mechanism on the electric communication line where the existing computer 6 and the printer P are arranged. It does not require P, and can be suitably used in rental booths, Internet cuffs, and offices where a relatively small number of companies gather.
- the present embodiment is not limited to the mode described in detail above, and the specific configuration of each unit can be variously modified.
- the security function of the control device 4 that protects the computer 6 and the storage device 2 is released, the user identification information input to the control device 4 and the control device that controls the printing process of the printer P 40
- the user identification information input to the control device 40 at the time of user authentication by the user be the same. In order to match these two, for example, the user identification information of the user having valid authority held in the control device 4 and the user identification information described in the table information held in the control device 40 are used. Match one to the other.
- the control device 4 for protecting the computer 6 and the storage device 2 and the control device 40 for controlling the printing process of the printer P may be shared. That is, a human sensor 4a, a wireless transceiver 4b for performing wireless communication with the storage device monitoring device 5, a display device 4c, and the like are mounted on the control device 40, and a program is executed.
- the functions as the sensor means 10, the authentication means 13 and the control release means 14 described in the fifth embodiment may also be provided.
- the print control mechanism included in the system 30 includes a storage unit 401 and an authentication unit 402 shared by a plurality of users, and the computer 6 provided in each workspace has a special control for print processing. Did not take on the role of.
- the function of the storage means 401 may be assigned to each computer 6 instead of the control device 40.
- the computer 6 is installed with a program that functions as a storage unit 401 that temporarily stores print information in the main memory 6b or the auxiliary storage device 6c in conjunction with the printer P driver. deep. Even if the user attempts to start a print job using the computer 6, the print information relating to the print job is not immediately transmitted to the telecommunication line but is temporarily stored on the computer 6.
- the user goes to the place where the printer P is located, and inputs the user identification information for identifying himself to the control device 40 or causes the control device 40 to read the user identification information stored in the predetermined storage device M owned by the user. .
- the control device 40 that has acquired the user identification information transmits the information to the computer 6 connected via an electric communication line.
- the computer 6 that has received the user identification information provided by the control device 40 executes user authentication based on the user identification information, and determines whether or not to transmit the print information stored therein to the printer P. .
- the computer 6 determines that the print information stored therein can be transmitted, the computer 6 transmits the print information to the printer P, and outputs a hard copy.
- each computer 6 plays the role of the storage means 401 and the control means 403, and the computer 6 and the control device 40 play the role of the authentication means 402 in cooperation.
- the control device 40 that has acquired the user identification information performs user authentication based on the user identification information, and issues a command to transmit print information to the computer 6 used by the authenticated user. You may make it transmit from 40.
- the computer 6 that has received the command transmits the print information stored therein to the printer P, and outputs the print information by hard copy.
- each computer 6 plays the role of the storage means 401.
- the present invention is not limited to the embodiment described in detail above.
- the present invention can be applied not only to a personal computer 6, a workstation, or a PDA but also to, for example, a DVD player, a hard disk video recorder, a video game machine, and the like.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
- Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
- Software Systems (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Controls And Circuits For Display Device (AREA)
- Digital Computer Display Output (AREA)
- Storage Device Security (AREA)
Abstract
Description
明細書 情報処理装置、コントロール装置、収納具監護装置、プログラム 技術分野 Description Information processing device, control device, storage device monitoring device, program
本発明は、コンピュータ等のいわゆるスクリーンセーバ機能に代表され る、セキュリティ機能を実行するための装置に関する。 背景技術 The present invention relates to a device for executing a security function represented by a so-called screen saver function of a computer or the like. Background art
コンピュータ等に接続しているディスプレイの焼き付きを予防すべく、一 定時間アクセスがなかったときに画面を消去したり所定のアニメーション その他を表示したりするプログラムがコンピュータ等に導入されていること が多い。このようなものは、一般に「スクリーンセーバ」と呼称されている。 加えて、スクリーンセーバより通常の状態に復帰しょうとする際にパスヮー ドの入力を求め、正しいパスワード入力を行わなければスクリーンセーバ を解除できないようにすることも既知である(例えば、特開平 09— 29767 6号公報を参照)。スクリーンセーバにパスワードによるロック機能を付加 することで、正当な権限を有するユーザ以外の者がユーザの不在時にコ ンピュータにアクセスすることを抑止できる。 In order to prevent the burn-in of the display connected to the computer, etc., there are many programs installed in the computer, etc., that erase the screen or display a predetermined animation etc. when there is no access for a certain period of time . Such a thing is generally called a “screen saver”. In addition, it is also known that the user is required to enter a password when trying to return to a normal state from the screen saver, and that the screen saver cannot be released without entering a correct password (for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 09-297767). Reference). By adding a password lock function to the screen saver, it is possible to prevent a person other than a user who has valid authority from accessing the computer in the absence of the user.
ところが、既存のスクリーンセーバモジュールにおいては、所定の待機 時間が経過するまでスクリーンセーバは起動しない。また、手動でスクリ ーンセーバを起動しょうとするには複数の手順を踏まなくてはならない。 即ち、スクリーンセーバをユーザの所望のタイミングで起動するために煩 雑な操作が要求される。以上のことは、特に、急用が生じてユーザが急 いで席を立たなくてはならなくなったときに問題となる。煩わしさのあまりス クリーンセーバを起動せずに席を離れた場合、待機時間が経過するまで の間ユーザ以外の者が自由にコンピュータにアクセスできる状況となって, セキュリティを担保し得ないこととなる。 However, in the existing screen saver module, the screen saver is not activated until a predetermined standby time has elapsed. Also, trying to activate the screen saver manually requires several steps. That is, a complicated operation is required to activate the screen saver at a timing desired by the user. The above is particularly problematic when an urgent need arises and the user has to hurry to take a seat. Too much trouble If you leave your seat without activating the clean saver, security will not be ensured because anyone other than the user can freely access the computer until the waiting time elapses.
本発明は、上述の課題にはじめて着目したものであり、煩雑な操作を 伴うことなく、必要なときにスクリーンセーバに代表されるセキュリティ機能 を起動できるようにすることを目的としている。 発明の開示 The present invention focuses on the above-described problem for the first time, and an object of the present invention is to enable a security function represented by a screen saver to be activated when necessary without a complicated operation. Disclosure of the invention
上記の問題に鑑みて、本発明では、第 1 8図に示すように、人の存在 の有無を検知するセンサ手段 10と、前記センサ手段 10がユーザの離席 を検知したことを条件に所定のセキュリティ機能を実行開始する制御手 段 1 1と、前記制御手段 1 1によるセキュリティ機能が起動している状態に あって戻ってきた者が正当な権限を有するユーザであることを認証する 認証手段 1 3と、前記認証手段 1 3による認証が完了した後に前記制御 手段 1 1によるセキュリティ機能を解除する制御解除手段 14とを具備す る情報処理装置を構成した。即ち、ユーザの在席ノ離席をセンシングし て、ユーザが席を離れたときには所定のセキュリティ機能が即座に起動さ れるものとし、既にセキュリティ機能が起動している状態でその解除を行 うためにはユーザ認証が必要となるシステムとした。このようなものであれ ば、ユーザが席を離れる際に逐一煩雑な操作を行わなくとも、不在時の セキュリティが担保される。 In view of the above problem, in the present invention, as shown in FIG. 18, a sensor means 10 for detecting the presence or absence of a person, and a predetermined condition on the condition that the sensor means 10 detects the absence of the user. Control means 11 for starting execution of the security function, and authentication means for authenticating that a person who returns after the security function by the control means 11 is activated is a user having valid authority. An information processing apparatus comprising 13 and a control release means 14 for releasing the security function by the control means 11 after the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed. In other words, sensing the user's presence or absence and sensing that the specified security function is activated immediately when the user leaves the seat, and canceling the security function while the security function is already activated Has a system that requires user authentication. In such a case, security when the user is absent is ensured without the need to perform complicated operations each time the user leaves the seat.
本発明が実現するセキュリティ機能には種々のものが考えられるが、そ の典型はパーソナルコンピュータ等に格納されている情報の不正な閲覧 の防止や、パーソナルコンピュータ等に対する不正な操作の防止である。 よって、前記制御手段 1 1が、セキュリティ機能として、ディスプレイの画 面に表示されている情報を秘匿する処理、または、正当な権限を有する ユーザ以外の者による操作を拒絶する処理を実行し得るものとすること が好ましいと言える。第 1 0図に示すように、情報を文字、画像、映像ま たはこれらの結合としてディスプレイの画面に表示し得る情報処理装置 において、人の存在の有無を検知するセンサ手段 1 0と、画面に表示し ている情報を秘匿するための画面処理を行う機能を少なくとも有する制 御手段 1 1と、当該情報処理装置を利用しているユーザの離席を、言い 換えるならばユーザが情報処理装置の傍を離れたことを前記センサ手 段 1 0を介して感知したときに前記制御手段 1 1による画面処理を起動 する制御起動手段 1 2と、前記制御手段 1 1による画面処理が起動して いる状態にあって当該情報処理装置を利用しょうとする者が正当な権 限を有するユーザであることを認証する認証手段 1 3と、前記認証手段 1 3による認証が完了した後に前記制御手段 1 1による画面処理を解除す る制御解除手段 14とを具備するものとすれば、ユーザ自身が煩雑な操 作を行わなくとも、ユーザが席を離れたときに制御手段 1 1による画面処 理が起動して情報の内容を秘匿できる。そして、画面処理を起動してい る状態では、正当な権限を有するユーザが復帰したことを認証した上で 画面処理を解除して再び情報を表示可能とするため、他者による不正 な情報閲覧を抑止してセキュリティを担保し得るものとなる。なお、画面 処理とは、画面に表示している情報を隠蔽するための画面表示処理若 しくは画面消去処理を実行することを言う。 There are various security functions implemented by the present invention. Typical examples are prevention of unauthorized viewing of information stored in a personal computer or the like and prevention of unauthorized operation on a personal computer or the like. Therefore, the control means 11 provides the security function as an image on the display. It can be said that it is preferable to be able to execute a process of concealing the information displayed on the screen or a process of rejecting an operation by a person other than a user having valid authority. As shown in FIG. 10, in an information processing apparatus capable of displaying information on a display screen as characters, images, video or a combination thereof, a sensor means 10 for detecting the presence or absence of a person, and a screen Control means 11 having at least a function of performing screen processing for concealing the information displayed on the information processing apparatus, and the absence of the user using the information processing apparatus, in other words, the user Control starting means 12 for starting the screen processing by the control means 11 when it is detected via the sensor means 10 that the user has left the vehicle, and the screen processing by the control means 11 is started. Authentication means 13 for authenticating that the person who intends to use the information processing apparatus is a user who has valid authority in the state of Screen processing by 1 When the user leaves the seat, the screen processing by the control means 11 is activated even if the user himself does not perform a complicated operation. The content of information can be kept secret. In the state where screen processing is activated, the user who has valid authority is authenticated to have returned, the screen processing is released, and the information can be displayed again. Deterrence and security can be secured. The screen processing refers to executing screen display processing or screen deletion processing for concealing information displayed on the screen.
同様に、種々の情報処理を実行し得る情報処理装置において、人の 存在の有無を検知するセンサ手段 1 0と、情報処理を実行させるための 操作の受け付けを留保する留保処理を行う機能を少なくとも有する制 御手段 1 1と、当該情報処理装置を利用しているユーザの離席を前記 センサ手段 10を介して感知したときに前記制御手段 1 1による留保処理 を起動する制御起動手段 1 2と、前記制御手段 1 1による留保処理が起 動している状態にあって当該情報処理装置を利用しょうとする者が正当 な権限を有するユーザであることを認証する認証手段 1 3と、前記認証 手段 1 3による認証が完了した後に前記制御手段 1 1による留保処理を 解除する制御解除手段 1 4とを具備するものとしても、ユーザ自身に煩 雑な操作を強いることなく他者による不正なアクセスを抑止してセキユリ ティを担保できる。なお、情報処理とは、情報の閲覧若しくは視聴、作成, 変更、保存、送受信、並びに各種プログラムの実行その他をおしなべて 包含する概念を言う。 Similarly, in an information processing apparatus capable of performing various types of information processing, at least a sensor means 10 for detecting the presence or absence of a person and a function of performing a reservation process for retaining reception of an operation for executing information processing are provided. Control means 11 and the absence of the user using the information processing device. A control activating unit 12 for activating the reservation process by the control unit 11 when sensing through the sensor unit 10; and the information processing apparatus in a state where the reservation process by the control unit 11 is activated. Authentication means 13 for authenticating that the person who intends to use is a user having valid authority, and control release means for releasing the reservation processing by the control means 11 after the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed. Even with the provision of the item 14, the security can be secured by suppressing unauthorized access by others without forcing the user to perform complicated operations. Note that information processing refers to a concept that encompasses information browsing or viewing, creation, modification, storage, transmission and reception, execution of various programs, and the like.
本発明が実現するセキュリティ機能の他の例としては、種々の物品を 収納可能な収納具(ここに言う収納具とは、物品を収納し得る什器をお しなべて包含する概念であって、例えば、デスクの引き出し、ワゴン、ロッ カー、キャビネット、鞫等が含まれる)を第三者が開閉することを抑止する ものが考えられる。このときの前記制御手段 1 1は、収納具の開閉に係る セキュリティを担保するための機能を実行するものとなり、前記制御解除 手段 14は、前記認証手段 1 3による認証が完了している場合に前記制 御手段 1 1に対しそのセキュリティ機能を解除するための操作信号を送 信するものとなる。制御手段 1 1が実行するセキュリティ機能とは、正当な 権限を有するユーザが離席している状況下で、言い換えるならばユーザ が収納具の傍らを離れている状況下で、該ユーザ以外の者による収納 具の開閉が行われることを抑止する処理である。より具体的には、 As another example of the security function realized by the present invention, a storage device capable of storing various articles (the storage device referred to herein is a concept including all the furniture capable of storing the articles, For example, a desk drawer, a wagon, a locker, a cabinet, a tongue, etc. may be included). At this time, the control means 11 performs a function for ensuring security related to opening and closing of the storage device, and the control release means 14 is provided when the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed. An operation signal for releasing the security function is transmitted to the control means 11. The security function executed by the control means 11 is defined as a situation in which a user with valid authority is away from the desk, in other words, when the user is away from the storage device, This is a process to prevent the opening and closing of the storage device from being performed. More specifically,
( 1 )収納具の開閉を物理的に抑制する処理(施錠、電気柵の如き通電、 等)、または、 (1) Processing to physically control the opening and closing of the storage device (locking, energization such as an electric fence, etc.), or
( 2)収納具に対する不正な操作を感知したときに発報する処理(ユーザ その他の者への通報、不正行為者に対する威嚇のための警報、等) がこれに該当する。制御手段 1 1の具体的構成は、制御手段が実行す るセキュリティ機能の内容に応じたものとなる。このようなものであれば、ュ 一ザが席を離れている間に他者が収納具内の物品を不正に持ち出した りまたは閲覧したりすることを抑止できるため、盗難のおそれのある貴重 品や他者の目に触れることを避けたい機密文書その他の物品を安全に 収納具に収納、保管しておくことが可能となる。上記の制御手段は、収 納具に組み込まれているものであってもよいが、収納具に対し着脱自在 なものであってもよい。収納具に対し着脱自在であるならば、ユーザがこ れを自身の使用するデスクの引き出しゃ鞫等に任意に備え付けて、セキ ユリティの向上を図ることができる。 (2) Processing to be notified when an unauthorized operation on the storage device is detected (user Notification to other persons, warning for intimidation of wrongdoers, etc.) fall under this category. The specific configuration of the control means 11 depends on the content of the security function executed by the control means. Such a device can prevent others from illegally taking out or browsing the items in the storage device while the user is away from their seats, which can result in valuable theft. Articles and confidential documents and other items that you do not want others to see can be safely stored and kept in storage. The above-mentioned control means may be incorporated in the storage device, or may be detachable from the storage device. If it is detachable with respect to the storage device, the user can arbitrarily provide it to a drawer of a desk used by the user to improve security.
また、第 1 9図に示すように、人の存在の有無を検知するセンサ手段 1 0と、種々の物品を収納可能な収納具に設けられた施錠装置に対し、そ の施錠または解錠を行うための操作信号を送信し得る信号送信手段 1 5と、ユーザの離席後に戻ってきた者が正当な権限を有するユーザであ ることを認証する認証手段 1 3とを具備してなり、前記信号送信手段 1 5 力 前記ユーザの離席を前記センサ手段 1 0を介して感知したときに前 記施錠装置の施錠を行うための操作信号を送信し、かつ、前記認証手 段 1 3による認証が完了した後に前記施錠装置の解錠を行うための操 作信号を送信する情報処理装置を構成することによつても、同様に簡 便なセキュリティシステムを構築し得る。なお、施錠装置が、解錠のため の操作信号を受信している間のみ解錠状態にある(解錠のための操作 信号を受信できないときには施錠状態に移行する)ようなものである場合 には、前記信号送信手段 1 5が、センサ手段 10を介してユーザの離席を 感知したときに操作信号の送信を停止し、しかる後認証手段 1 3にて正 当な権限を有するユーザの認証がなされたときに操作信号の送信を再 開するものとする。 Further, as shown in FIG. 19, the sensor means 10 for detecting the presence or absence of a person and a locking device provided in a storage device capable of storing various articles are locked or unlocked. Signal transmission means 15 capable of transmitting an operation signal for performing the operation, and authentication means 13 for authenticating that a person who has returned after leaving the user is a user having valid authority, The signal transmitting means 15 transmits an operation signal for locking the locking device when the user leaves the seat via the sensor means 10 when the user leaves, and the authentication means 13 By configuring an information processing device that transmits an operation signal for unlocking the locking device after authentication is completed, a simple security system can be similarly constructed. When the locking device is in an unlocked state only while receiving an operation signal for unlocking (when the operation signal for unlocking cannot be received, the locking device shifts to the locked state). The signal transmission means 15 stops transmitting the operation signal when the user senses the absence of the user via the sensor means 10, and then the authentication means 13 corrects the operation signal. The transmission of the operation signal shall be resumed when the user having the appropriate authority is authenticated.
並びに、第 1 1図に示すように、上述した画面処理及びノまたは留保 処理を実行し得る情報処理装置が、種々の物品を収納可能な収納具 に設けられた施錠装置に対しその施錠または解錠を行うための操作信 号を送信し得る信号送信手段 1 5をも具備することも好ましい。前記信 号送信手段 1 5は、 当該情報処理装置を利用しているユーザの離席を 前記センサ手段 10を介して感知したときに前記施錠装置の施錠を行う ための操作信号を送信し、かつ、前記認証手段 1 3による認証が完了し た後に前記施錠装置の解錠を行うための操作信号を送信するものとす る。この場合には、パーソナルコンピュータ等に格納されているディジタル 情報の防護とともに、収納具内に保管された文書等の「アナログ」情報 の防護をも図ることができる。 In addition, as shown in FIG. 11, an information processing apparatus capable of executing the above-described screen processing and no-holding processing locks or unlocks a locking device provided in a storage device capable of storing various articles. It is also preferable to include a signal transmission unit 15 that can transmit an operation signal for performing locking. The signal transmitting unit 15 transmits an operation signal for locking the locking device when the user using the information processing device detects the absence of the user via the sensor unit 10, and After the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed, an operation signal for unlocking the locking device is transmitted. In this case, it is possible to protect not only digital information stored in a personal computer or the like but also “analog” information such as documents stored in a storage device.
第 20図に示すように、前記認証手段 1 3によるユーザ認証に失敗した 事実、または、前記認証手段 1 3によるユーザ認証を経ずして前記収納 具に対する操作が行われた事実のうち少なくとも一方を感知した場合に、 当該事実に関する情報を生成して出力する不正アクセス情報出力手 段 16をさらに具備するものとすれば、パーソナルコンピュータ等や収納具 に対する第三者による不正行為に関する情報を所要の宛先に送信して 不正行為の事実を通報したり、不正行為に関する情報を蓄積して事後 的に参照したりすることが可能となる。因みに、認証手段 1 3によるユーザ 認証の失敗とは、正当な権限を有するユーザを識別するユーザ識別情 報の取得に失敗することを言う。認証手段 1 3がユーザによるユーザ識別 情報の入力を受け付ける態様でユーザ認証を行うものである場合、所 定回数の入力エラーをもってユーザ認証に失敗したと見なすのが通常 である。 As shown in FIG. 20, at least one of the fact that the user authentication by the authentication means 13 has failed or the fact that the operation on the storage device has been performed without the user authentication by the authentication means 13 has been performed. If an unauthorized access information output means 16 for generating and outputting information on the fact is detected when the information is detected, it is necessary to provide information on unauthorized use of personal computers, etc. and storage devices by third parties. It can be sent to the destination to report the facts of wrongdoing, and information on wrongdoing can be stored and referenced later. Incidentally, the failure of the user authentication by the authentication means 13 means that the acquisition of the user identification information for identifying the user having the proper authority fails. If the authentication means 13 performs user authentication in a mode that accepts user's input of user identification information, it is usually considered that user authentication has failed with a predetermined number of input errors. It is.
さらに、既存のスクリーンセーバモジュールにおいては、スクリーンセー バ解除のためのパスワード入力ダイアログを画面に表示させるために、マ ウスを動かしたりキーを押下したりする必要がある。この操作は、スクリー ンセーバの停止、入力ダイアログの表示以外には何ら意味を為さないも のであり、ユーザにとって煩わしいだけである。翻って、前記認証手段 1 3 を、何人かの接近を前記センサ手段 10を介して感知したときに当該人 に対して正当な権限を有するユーザを識別するユーザ識別情報の入力 を促す指示を与えるとともにその入力を受け付けるものとすれば、上記の 操作を省くことができる。 Furthermore, in the existing screen saver module, it is necessary to move the mouse or press a key to display a password input dialog for canceling the screen saver on the screen. This operation has no meaning other than stopping the screen saver and displaying the input dialog, and is only troublesome for the user. In turn, when the authentication means 13 senses some approach through the sensor means 10, the authentication means 13 gives an instruction to the person to prompt the user to input user identification information for identifying a user having valid authority. If the input is also accepted, the above operation can be omitted.
あるいは、前記認証手段 1 3を、ユーザが所持し当該ユーザを識別す るユーザ識別情報を記憶している所定の記憶装置と無線通信を行い、 前記所定の記憶装置よりユーザ識別情報を取得することによりユーザを 認証するものとしても、ユーザ自身によるユーザ識別情報の入力操作を 省略してより使い勝手のよいものとすることが可能である。なお、所定の 記憶装置とは、ユーザ識別情報を記憶する機能並びに記憶しているュ 一ザ識別情報を無線送信する機能を有するもの一般を言い、例えば、 RFID (Radio Frequency IDentification ;カード状若しくはタグ状 等の記録媒体に対し、電磁波を用いて情報の記録または読出を行う認 識方法)タグや、無線通信デバイスを具備する携帯可能な情報処理端 末、携帯電話端末等がこれに該当する。 図面の簡単な説明 Alternatively, the authentication unit 13 may perform wireless communication with a predetermined storage device that stores user identification information that the user has and that identifies the user, and obtains the user identification information from the predetermined storage device. Therefore, even when the user is authenticated, the user's own input operation of the user identification information can be omitted to make the user more user-friendly. Note that the predetermined storage device generally refers to a device having a function of storing user identification information and a function of wirelessly transmitting the stored user identification information, and includes, for example, an RFID (Radio Frequency IDentification; a card or a tag). Recognition method for recording or reading information on or from recording media using electromagnetic waves) Tags, portable information processing terminals equipped with wireless communication devices, mobile phone terminals, and the like fall under this category. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
第 1図は、本発明の一実施形態における情報処理装置のハードゥエ ァ資源構成図である。 第 2図は、同実施形態における情報処理装置の機能ブロック図であ る。 FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a hardware resource configuration of an information processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 2 is a functional block diagram of the information processing apparatus according to the embodiment.
第 3図は、情報を表示している画面を例示する図である。 FIG. 3 is a diagram exemplifying a screen displaying information.
第 4図は、制御手段による画面処理を例示する図である。 FIG. 4 is a diagram exemplifying screen processing by the control means.
第 5図は、認証手段によるユーザ識別情報の入力を促す指示(入力 ダイアログ表示)を例示する図である。 FIG. 5 is a diagram exemplifying an instruction (input dialog display) for prompting input of user identification information by the authentication means.
第 6図は、同実施形態における処理の手順を示すフローチャートであ る。 FIG. 6 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure in the embodiment.
第 7図は、本発明の一実施形態における情報処理装置を模式的に 示す図である。 FIG. 7 is a diagram schematically showing an information processing apparatus according to one embodiment of the present invention.
第 8図は、同実施形態における情報処理装置のハードウ-ァ資源構 成図である。 FIG. 8 is a hardware resource configuration diagram of the information processing apparatus according to the embodiment.
第 9図は、同実施形態における処理の手順を示すフローチャートであ る。 FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure in the embodiment.
第 1 0図は、本発明の構成説明図である。 FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram of the configuration of the present invention.
第 1 1図は、本発明の構成説明図である。 FIG. 11 is an explanatory view of the configuration of the present invention.
第 1 2図は、本発明の一実施形態における情報処理装置を模式的に 示す図である。 FIG. 12 is a diagram schematically showing an information processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
第 1 3図は、同実施形態における情報処理装置のハードゥヱァ資源構 成図である。 FIG. 13 is a hardware resource configuration diagram of the information processing apparatus according to the embodiment.
第 14図は、同実施形態における処理の手順を示すフローチャートであ る。 FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing a procedure of processing in the embodiment.
第 1 5図は、本発明の一実施形態における情報処理装置を模式的に 示す図である。 FIG. 15 is a diagram schematically showing an information processing apparatus according to one embodiment of the present invention.
第 1 6図は、同実施形態における情報処理装置のハードゥヱァ資源構 成図である。 FIG. 16 is a hardware resource structure of the information processing apparatus according to the embodiment. FIG.
第 1 7図は、同実施形態における処理の手順を示すフローチャートであ る。 FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure in the embodiment.
第 18図は、本発明の構成説明図である。 FIG. 18 is an explanatory diagram of the configuration of the present invention.
第 1 9図は、本発明の構成説明図である。 FIG. 19 is an explanatory diagram of the configuration of the present invention.
第 20図は、本発明の構成説明図である。 FIG. 20 is an explanatory diagram of the configuration of the present invention.
第 2 1図は、人感センサ及ぴ距離センサを組み合わせたセンサ手段の 回路構成図である。 FIG. 21 is a circuit configuration diagram of a sensor unit combining a human sensor and a distance sensor.
第 22図は、同センサ手段の動作を例示するタイミングチャートである。 第 23図は、本発明の一実施形態における情報処理装置(システム) を模式的に示す図である。 FIG. 22 is a timing chart illustrating the operation of the sensor means. FIG. 23 is a diagram schematically showing an information processing apparatus (system) according to one embodiment of the present invention.
第 24図は、同実施形態における収納具監護装置のハードウ ア資源 構成図である。 FIG. 24 is a configuration diagram of hardware resources of the storage device guarding device in the embodiment.
第 25図は、同実施形態におけるコントロール装置のハードウェア資源 構成図である。 FIG. 25 is a configuration diagram of hardware resources of the control device in the embodiment.
第 26図は、同実施形態における処理の手順を示すフローチャートであ る。 FIG. 26 is a flowchart showing a procedure of processing in the embodiment.
第 27図は、同実施形態における処理の手順を示すフローチャートであ る。 FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing a procedure of processing in the embodiment.
第 28図は、同実施形態におけるコンピュータのハードウェア資源構成 図である。 FIG. 28 is a configuration diagram of hardware resources of a computer according to the embodiment.
第 29図は、同実施形態におけるコントロール装置のハードゥヱァ資源 構成図である。 FIG. 29 is a diagram showing a hardware resource configuration of the control device in the embodiment.
第 30図は、収納具監護装置の電源回路の一例を示す回路図であ る。 第 3 1図は、同実施形態における情報処理装置(システム)を模式的 に示す図である。 FIG. 30 is a circuit diagram showing an example of a power supply circuit of the storage device guarding device. FIG. 31 is a diagram schematically showing an information processing apparatus (system) according to the embodiment.
第 32図は、同実施形態における収納具監護装置を示す図である。 第 33図は、同実施形態における収納具監護装置を示す斜視図であ る。 FIG. 32 is a diagram showing the storage device guarding device in the same embodiment. FIG. 33 is a perspective view showing the storage device guarding device in the same embodiment.
第 34図は、設定キー及びディップスィッチを示す要部斜視図である。 第 35図は、設定キー及びディップスィッチを示す要部斜視図である。 第 36図は、設定キー及びディップスィッチを示す要部縦断面図であ る。 FIG. 34 is a perspective view of relevant parts showing a setting key and a dip switch. FIG. 35 is a perspective view of relevant parts showing a setting key and a dip switch. FIG. 36 is a vertical sectional view of a main part showing a setting key and a dip switch.
第 37図は、設定キー及びディップスィッチを示す要部水平断面図であ る。 FIG. 37 is a horizontal sectional view of a main part showing a setting key and a dip switch.
第 38図は、設定キー及びディップスィッチを示す要部水平断面図であ る。 FIG. 38 is a horizontal sectional view of a main part showing a setting key and a dip switch.
第 39図は、同実施形態における収納具監護装置のハードウェア資源 構成図である。 FIG. 39 is a configuration diagram of hardware resources of the storage device guarding device in the embodiment.
第 40図は、本発明の構成説明図である。 FIG. 40 is an explanatory diagram of the configuration of the present invention.
第 4 1図は、本発明の一実施形態における情報処理装置(システム) を模式的に示す図である。 FIG. 41 is a diagram schematically showing an information processing apparatus (system) according to an embodiment of the present invention.
第 42図は、同実施形態におけるコントロール装置(印刷制御機構)の ハードウェア資源構成図である。 FIG. 42 is a hardware resource configuration diagram of a control device (print control mechanism) in the embodiment.
第 43図は、同実施形態における処理の手順を示すフローチャートであ る。 FIG. 43 is a flowchart showing a procedure of processing in the embodiment.
第 44図は、同実施形態における処理の手順を示すフローチャートであ る。 発明を実施するための最良の形態 FIG. 44 is a flowchart showing a procedure of processing in the embodiment. BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
<第 1実施形態 >以下、本発明の実施の形態を、図面を参照して説 明する。本実施形態における情報処理装置は、例えば、第 1図に示す ように、プロセッサ la、メインメモリ lb、補助記憶装置 lc、ディスプレイ ld、 表示制御装置 le、及び、入出力インタフェース lhを介して接続している 入力装置 lf、人感センサ lg、等のハードウェア資源を内包し、既存のパ 一ソナルコンピュータ、ワークステーション、 PDA(Personal Digital A ssistants)等の如く、情報を文字、画像、映像またはこれらの結合とし て画面に表示し得るものとして、並びに種々の情報処理を実行し得るも のとして構築される。補助記憶装置 lcは、ハードディスクドライブ、フラッ シュメモリ、 DVD— ROMのような光ディスクドライブ、その他であるが、情 報処理装置より着脱可能なもの、即ち、カートリッジ式のメモリカード、非 接触 ICカードや外付け式のディスクドライブ等であっても構わなレ、。表示 制御装置 leは、プロセッサ laより受けた描画指示をもとに表示させるベ き画像データを生成してディスプレイ Idに向けて送出する機能を有する ビデオチップ lei (あるいは、グラフィクスチップ)、画像データ等を一時 的に格納しておく役割を担うビデオメモリ le2 (Video RAM)等の既知 のデバイスを用いて構成できる。入力装置 Ifは、ユーザが操作入力を行 うために使用するものであり、キーボードやマウス、トラックパッド等に代表 される。人感センサ lgは、 当該情報処理装置近傍の所定領域内に人 が存在しているか否かを検知するセンサ手段 10としての役割を担う。人 感センサ lgとしては、種々の方式のものを採用することができる。人体よ り発される赤外線を検知するパッシブ IRセンサは典型的な人感センサ 1 gであるが、パッシブ IRセンサ以外のものを用いることを妨げない。但し、 センサ手段 10が、周辺領域をカメラで撮影しその画像を解析することで 人の存在の有無を検知するようなものであってもよい。 First Embodiment Hereinafter, an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. For example, as shown in FIG. 1, the information processing apparatus according to the present embodiment is connected via a processor la, a main memory lb, an auxiliary storage device lc, a display ld, a display control device le, and an input / output interface lh. Includes hardware resources such as input device lf, human sensor lg, etc., and transmits information such as characters, images, videos, etc., as in existing personal computers, workstations, PDAs (Personal Digital Assistants), etc. It is constructed so that it can be displayed on the screen as a combination of the two and can execute various information processing. The auxiliary storage device lc is a hard disk drive, a flash memory, an optical disk drive such as a DVD-ROM, or the like, but is detachable from the information processing device, that is, a cartridge type memory card, a contactless IC card or an external device. It's okay if it's a removable disk drive. The display control device le has a function of generating image data to be displayed based on the drawing instruction received from the processor la and transmitting the generated image data to the display Id, a video chip lei (or graphics chip), image data, and the like. It can be configured using a known device such as a video memory le2 (Video RAM) that temporarily stores the data. The input device If is used by a user to perform an operation input, and is represented by a keyboard, a mouse, a trackpad, and the like. The human sensor lg plays a role as sensor means 10 for detecting whether or not a person is present in a predetermined area near the information processing device. Various types of sensors can be employed as the human sensor lg. The passive IR sensor that detects infrared rays emitted from the human body is a typical human sensor 1 g, but does not prevent the use of anything other than the passive IR sensor. However, the sensor means 10 captures the surrounding area with a camera and analyzes the image. It may be one that detects the presence or absence of a person.
通常、プロセッサ laによって実行されるべきプログラムが補助記憶装置 lcに格納されており、プログラムの実行の際には補助記憶装置 lcからメ インメモリ lbに読み込まれ、プロセッサ laによって解読される。そして、該 プログラムに従い上記のハードウェア資源を作動して、第 2図に示す制 御手段 11、制御起動手段 12、認証手段 13、制御解除手段 14として の機能を発揮するようにしている。 Usually, a program to be executed by the processor la is stored in the auxiliary storage device lc, and when the program is executed, the program is read from the auxiliary storage device lc into the main memory lb and decoded by the processor la. Then, the above-mentioned hardware resources are operated in accordance with the program, so that the functions as the control means 11, the control activation means 12, the authentication means 13, and the control release means 14 shown in FIG. 2 are exerted.
制御手段 11は、画面に表示している情報を秘匿するための画面処理 を行う機能と、情報処理を実行させるための操作の受け付けを留保する 留保処理を行う機能とを有する。制御手段 11は、例えば、既知のスクリ ーンセーバモジュールプログラムを用いて構成することができる。スクリー ンセーバモジュールプログラムを起動することで、現在表示している画面 を秘匿し、かつ操作の受け付けを留保する。なお、ディスプレイ Id上の 情報の表示画面を第 3図に例示するとともに、第 3図に示すような表示 画面を秘匿した状態を第 4図に例示する。因みに、制御手段 11による 画面処理の態様の一として、ディスプレイ Idの電源をオフにする、言い 換えるならばディスプレイ Idを消灯することも考えられる。 The control means 11 has a function of performing screen processing for concealing information displayed on the screen and a function of performing reservation processing for retaining reception of an operation for executing information processing. The control means 11 can be configured using, for example, a known screen saver module program. By activating the screen saver module program, the currently displayed screen is kept confidential and the acceptance of operations is reserved. FIG. 3 illustrates a display screen of information on the display Id, and FIG. 4 illustrates a state in which the display screen as shown in FIG. 3 is concealed. Incidentally, as one mode of the screen processing by the control means 11, it is conceivable to turn off the power of the display Id, in other words, to turn off the display Id.
制御起動手段 12は、 当該情報処理装置を現在利用しているユーザ が席を離れたことを、言い換えるならばユーザが情報処理装置の傍を離 れたことを人感センサ lgを介して感知したときに、前記制御手段 11によ る画面処理並びに留保処理を起動する。制御起動手段 12は、例えば、 人感センサ lgがユーザの存在を検知しなくなつてからの経過時間をカウ ントし、この経過時間が所定のタイムアウト時間を超えたときにユーザが 席を離れたものと判断して、制御手段 11による制御を起動する。 . The control activation unit 12 detects, via the human sensor lg, that the user currently using the information processing device has left the seat, in other words, that the user has left the information processing device. At this time, the screen processing and the reservation processing by the control means 11 are started. The control activation unit 12 counts, for example, the elapsed time since the human sensor lg no longer detects the presence of the user, and when the elapsed time exceeds a predetermined timeout time, the user leaves the seat. Then, the control by the control means 11 is started. .
認証手段 13は、前記制御手段 11による画面処理並びに操作の受け 付けの留保が起動している状態にあって、当該情報処理装置を利用し ようとする者が正当な権限を有するユーザであることを認証する。この認 証は、例えば、当該情報処理装置を利用しょうとする者に対して、正当 な権限を有するユーザを識別するユーザ識別情報の入力を求めるという 態様で実施される。正当な権限を有するユーザに係るユーザ識別情報 は、メインメモリ l b若しくは補助記憶装置 l cの所要の記憶領域に、また は当該情報処理装置と通信可能に接続している所定のコンピュータ (図示せず)のメインメモリ若しくは補助記憶装置の所要の記憶領域に (平文で、若しくは暗号化されて)予め格納されており、認証の際には入 力装置 I fを介して入力されたユーザ識別情報と比較される。本実施形 態では、ユーザ識別情報としてユーザ ID及びノまたはパスワードを入力 装置 I fを介して入力させるものとしている。ユーザ ID及び/またはパスヮ ードは、現時点で当該情報処理装置を利用しているユーザのユーザァ カウントにおけるそれと同一であることもあれば、異なることもある。但し、 ユーザ識別情報がユーザ ID、パスワードであるとは限られない。よって、 例えば、ユーザの身体的特徴に基づくバイオメトリックデータ(例えば、指 紋、声紋、筆跡、網膜のパターン、虹彩のパターン、血管のパターン等) をユーザ識別情報としバイオメトリック認証を行うものとしてもよレ、。 この場 合には、バイオメトリックデータを入力するために使用される装置を予め 当該情報処理装置に設けておく。勿論、認証手段 1 3が、複数の方式 を併用して認証を行うものであっても構わない。 The authentication means 13 receives screen processing and operation by the control means 11. When the reservation is activated, the user who intends to use the information processing device is authenticated as a user having valid authority. This authentication is performed, for example, in a mode in which a person who intends to use the information processing apparatus is required to input user identification information for identifying a user having valid authority. The user identification information relating to the user having the legitimate authority is stored in a required storage area of the main memory lb or the auxiliary storage device lc, or a predetermined computer (not shown) communicably connected to the information processing device. Is stored beforehand (in plain text or encrypted) in the required storage area of the main memory or auxiliary storage device, and is compared with the user identification information input via the input device If at the time of authentication. Is done. In the present embodiment, a user ID and a password or a password are input via the input device If as user identification information. The user ID and / or password may be the same as or different from the user account of the user currently using the information processing apparatus. However, the user identification information is not always a user ID and password. Therefore, for example, biometric authentication may be performed using biometric data based on the physical characteristics of the user (for example, fingerprint, voiceprint, handwriting, retinal pattern, iris pattern, blood vessel pattern, etc.) as user identification information. Yeah. In this case, a device used for inputting biometric data is provided in the information processing device in advance. Of course, the authentication means 13 may be one that performs authentication by using a plurality of methods in combination.
さらに、認証手段 1 3が、前記制御手段 1 1による画面処理並びに留保 処理が起動している状態にあって、何人かの接近を前記人感センサ l g を介して感知したときに当該人に対して正当な権限を有するユーザを識 別するユーザ識別情報の入力を促す指示を与えるとともにその入力を 受け付けるものであることが好ましい。ユーザ識別情報の入力を促す指 示は、画面表示、音声出力その他種々のユーザインタフェースを介した 態様で与えられる。本実施形態では、ディスプレイ I d上にユーザ識別情 報たるユーザ ID及びノまたはパスワードの入力を要求するダイアログ Dを 表示するとともに、その入力を受け付けることとしている。なお、ユーザ ID 及び Zまたはパスワードの入力を要求するダイアログ表示を、第 5図に例 示する。 Further, when the authentication means 13 is in a state where the screen processing and the reservation processing by the control means 11 are activated, and when an approach of some persons is detected via the human sensor lg, the authentication means 13 is given to the person. And prompts the user to enter user identification information that identifies the user who has legitimate authority. It is preferable that it be accepted. Instructions for prompting input of user identification information are given in a form via a screen display, voice output, or various other user interfaces. In the present embodiment, a dialog D requesting input of a user ID and a password or a password as user identification information is displayed on the display Id, and the input is accepted. Fig. 5 shows an example of a dialog display requesting entry of the user ID and Z or password.
制御解除手段 14は、記認証手段 1 3による認証が完了した後に、制 御手段 1 1による画面処理並びに留保処理を解除する。本実施形態で は、スクリーンセーバプログラムに基づくスクリーンセーバ機能を解除する ことで、情報を表示している画面を回復し、操作の受け付けを再開す る。 The control release means 14 releases the screen processing and the reservation processing by the control means 11 after the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed. In the present embodiment, the screen displaying the information is recovered by canceling the screen saver function based on the screen saver program, and operation acceptance is resumed.
伹し、制御手段 1 1、制御起動手段 1 2、認証手段 1 3並びに制御解 除手段 14の各部の機能が複数の装置に分担され、これらが協働するこ とで上記情報処理装置として成立することを妨げない。 The functions of the control means 11, the control activation means 12, the authentication means 13, and the functions of the control release means 14 are shared by a plurality of devices, and the information processing device is established by cooperating with each other. Do not prevent you from doing so.
ここで、センサ手段 10について補足しておく。パッシブ IRセンサ等は、 動体の変位を検知することを通じてその存在を検知するものであるため、 ユーザが身体の動きの少ない作業を行っているときや休憩をとつていると き等にはその存在を安定して検知できない。このような問題に対処する 方法として、パッシブ IRセンサ(焦電型人感センサ)と距離センサ(反射 型)との 2つのセンサを組み合わせたセンサ手段 10を構成することが考え られる。前者は、検知範囲内におけるユーザの身体その他の物体の動 きを検知する。後者は、検知範囲内におけるユーザの身体その他の物 体の存在を検知する。これらのセンサを組み合わせたセンサ手段 1 0の 回路構成例を第 2 1図に、センサ手段 10の動作を説明するためのタイミ ングチャートを第 22図に、それぞれ示す。パッシブ IRセンサは動体を検 知すると ON ( HI )出力となり、距離センサは物の存在を検知すると ON 出力となる。基本的に、パッシブ IRセンサの出力または距離センサの出 力が ONであれば、ユーザが在席していると判断できる。パッシブ IRセン サの出力及ぴ距離センサの出力がともに OFF ( LO)となった場合には、 ユーザが離席したものと判断できる。但し、両センサの出力がともに OFF となってから予め定められたホールド時間が経過するまでは、センサ手段 10の出力をユーザが在席している旨を表すもののままとすることが好まし レ、。即ち、第 2 1図中のフリップフロップは、ホールド時間が経過するまで の間在席の旨を表す(HI)状態を保持し、ホールド時間経過後にユー ザが離席した旨を表す(LO)状態に切り替えられる。但し、ホールド時間 を 0とすることを妨げない。し力して、ユーザの離席を検知してしかる後に このユーザまたはユーザでない者が復帰したものと判断する条件としては、 パッシブ IRセンサの出力及ぴ距離センサの出力がともに ONとなった場 合とする。ユーザまたはユーザでない者が元の席に復帰するときにその 動きをパッシブ IRセンサが検知しないとは考えにくく、また、距離センサを 併用しない限りはたまたまその席のそばを通りがかっただけの人と席に復 帰するユーザとを判別できないためである。 Here, the sensor means 10 will be supplemented. Passive IR sensors, etc., detect the presence of moving objects by detecting their displacement.Therefore, when a user is performing work with little physical movement, taking a break, etc. Cannot be detected stably. As a method for dealing with such a problem, it is conceivable to configure the sensor means 10 by combining two sensors, a passive IR sensor (pyroelectric human sensor) and a distance sensor (reflective sensor). The former detects the movement of the user's body or other objects within the detection range. The latter detects the presence of the user's body or other objects within the detection range. FIG. 21 shows a circuit configuration example of the sensor means 10 combining these sensors, and a timing chart for explaining the operation of the sensor means 10 is shown in FIG. FIG. 22 shows the operating chart. The passive IR sensor outputs ON (HI) when it detects a moving object, and the distance sensor outputs ON when it detects the presence of an object. Basically, if the output of the passive IR sensor or the output of the distance sensor is ON, it can be determined that the user is present. If both the output of the passive IR sensor and the output of the distance sensor are OFF (LO), it can be determined that the user has left the seat. However, it is preferable to keep the output of the sensor means 10 to indicate that the user is present until the predetermined hold time elapses after the outputs of both sensors are turned off. ,. That is, the flip-flop in FIG. 21 holds the state (HI) indicating that the user is present until the hold time elapses, and indicates that the user has left the seat after the elapse of the hold time (LO). Can be switched to a state. However, it does not prevent the hold time from being set to zero. As a condition for detecting the absence of the user and determining that this user or a non-user has returned, the condition in which the output of the passive IR sensor and the output of the distance sensor are both ON is considered. Be combined. It is unlikely that the passive IR sensor will detect the movement of the user or a non-user when returning to their original seat, and unless a distance sensor is also used, they will just pass by their seat. This is because it is not possible to determine the user returning to the seat.
また、既に述べたようにセンサ手段 1 0は人感センサ l gを使用したもの に限られないが、その特別な例として、ユーザによって利用される家具ま たは什器にセンサが設けられる態様が挙げられる。具体例を挙げると、 デスクの天板に人体に由来する静電気、温度等を検知するセンサを設 けたり、椅子の座や背もたれに感圧センサを設けたりすることが考えられ る。このような場合にも、センサが出力する信号を有線または無線を介し て情報処理装置が受信できるように構成されていることは言うまでもな レ、。 Further, as described above, the sensor means 10 is not limited to the one using the human sensor lg, but a special example is a mode in which a sensor is provided on furniture or furniture used by a user. Can be As a specific example, it is conceivable to provide a sensor for detecting static electricity or temperature derived from the human body on a tabletop of a desk, or to provide a pressure sensor on a chair or backrest of a chair. In such a case, it is needless to say that the information processing device is configured to be able to receive the signal output from the sensor via a wire or wirelessly. Les ,.
以降、本実施形態における情報処理装置が実行する処理の手順を、 第 6図のフローチャートを参照して述べる。 当該情報処理装置を利用し ているユーザが席を離れたことを人感センサ lgを介して感知したとき(ス テツプ S1)、制御手段 11による画面処理を起動し(ステップ S 2)、かつ 制御手段 11による留保処理を起動する(ステップ S3)。 しかして、制御 手段 11による画面処理並びに留保処理が起動している状態にあって、 何人かが当該情報処理装置に接近したことを人感センサ lgを介して感 知したとき(ステップ S4)、当該人に対して正当な権限を有するユーザを 識別するユーザ識別情報の入力を促す指示を与え(ステップ S5)、ユー ザ識別情報の入力を受け付ける(ステップ S6)。既に述べたように、本実 施形態では、前記ステップ S5にあって、ユーザ識別情報たるユーザ ID 及ぴ またはパスワードの入力ダイアログ Dをディスプレイ Idの画面に表 示し、入力装置 Ifを使用したユーザ ID及ぴ またはパスワードの入力を 受け付ける。前記人によるユーザ識別情報の入力が終わったら(ステツ プ S7)、入力されたユーザ識別情報と予め格納している正当な権限を 有するユーザに係るユーザ識別情報とを比較してユーザ認証を行う。当 該情報処理装置を利用しょうとする者が正当な権限を有するユーザで あることを認証できた場合には(ステップ S8)、制御手段 11による画面処 理を解除し(ステップ S9)、かつ制御手段 11による留保処理を解除する (ステップ S10)。前記ステップ S8にあって正当な権限を有するユーザで あることを認証できなかった場合には、再度ユーザ識別情報の入力を促 す。因みに、第 6図上には示していないが、入力ダイアログ Dを表示して ユーザ ID、パスワードの入力を待ち受けているとき(ステップ S5、ステップ S6)に、入力が行われずに所定のタイムアウト時間が経過した場合や入 力ダイアログ D内に配した「キャンセル」ボタンがクリックされた場合等にお いて、入力ダイアログ Dを消去してスクリーンセーバが起動している状態 を復元する、即ち上記のステップ S 2、ステップ S 3の段階に処理を戻すよ うにしてもよい。 Hereinafter, a procedure of a process executed by the information processing apparatus according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to a flowchart of FIG. When the user using the information processing device detects that the user has left the seat via the human sensor lg (step S1), the control unit 11 activates screen processing (step S2) and performs control. The reservation processing by means 11 is started (step S3). Then, when the screen processing and the reservation processing by the control means 11 are activated, and when some person senses that the information processing apparatus has approached through the human sensor lg (step S4), The user is instructed to enter user identification information for identifying a user having valid authority (step S5), and the input of user identification information is accepted (step S6). As described above, in the present embodiment, in step S5, the user ID and the password input dialog D as the user identification information are displayed on the screen of the display Id, and the user ID using the input device If is used. Accepts password or password entry. When the input of the user identification information by the person is completed (step S7), the user authentication is performed by comparing the input user identification information with the previously stored user identification information of a user having a valid right. If the person who intends to use the information processing device can be authenticated as a user having valid authority (step S8), the screen processing by the control means 11 is canceled (step S9), and the control is performed. The reservation processing by means 11 is canceled (step S10). If the user cannot be authenticated in step S8 as having valid authority, the user is prompted to input user identification information again. By the way, although not shown in FIG. 6, when the input dialog D is displayed and the user ID and password are awaited (steps S5 and S6), a predetermined time-out period is set without inputting. If it has passed or entered When the “Cancel” button arranged in the input dialog D is clicked, etc., the input dialog D is deleted to restore the state where the screen saver is activated, that is, in steps S 2 and S 3 described above. The process may be returned to the stage.
本実施形態によれば、人の存在の有無を検知するセンサ手段 10たる 人感センサ l gと、前記人感センサ l gがユーザの離席を検知したことを 条件に所定のセキュリティ機能即ち画面処理及びノまたは留保処理を 実行開始する制御手段 1 1と、前記制御手段 1 1によるセキュリティ機能 が起動している状態にあって戻ってきた者が正当な権限を有するユーザ であることを認証する認証手段 1 3と、前記認証手段 1 3による認証が完 了した後に前記制御手段 1 1によるセキュリティ機能を解除する制御解 除手段 14とを具備する情報処理装置を構成したため、ユーザ自身が煩 雑な操作を行わなくとも、ユーザが席を離れたときに制御手段 1 1による セキュリティ機能が起動される。そして、セキュリティ機能が起動している 状態では、正当な権限を有するユーザが復帰したことを認証した上でそ の解除を行うため、他者による不正なアクセスを抑止してセキュリティを担 保し得るものとなる。 According to the present embodiment, the sensor means 10 for detecting the presence or absence of a person is a human sensor lg, which is a predetermined security function, that is, screen processing and screen processing are performed on condition that the human sensor lg detects the absence of the user. Control means 11 for starting the execution of the reservation processing, and an authentication means for authenticating that the person who returns while the security function of the control means 11 is activated is a user having valid authority. Since the information processing apparatus comprises 13 and control release means 14 for releasing the security function of the control means 11 after the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed, the user himself / herself can perform complicated operations. The security function by the control means 11 is activated when the user leaves the seat without performing the above. When the security function is activated, the authorized user is authenticated that it has returned, and then releases it, so that unauthorized access by others can be suppressed and security can be secured. It will be.
情報を文字、画像、映像またはこれらの結合としてディスプレイ I dの画 面に表示し得る情報処理装置を、人の存在の有無を検知するセンサ手 段 1 0たる人感センサ l gと、画面に表示している情報を秘匿するための 画面処理を行う機能を少なくとも有する制御手段 1 1と、 当該情報処理 装置を利用しているユーザの離席を前記人感センサ l gを介して感知し たときに前記制御手段 1 1による画面処理を起動する制御起動手段 1 2 と、前記制御手段 1 1による画面処理が起動している状態にあって当該 情報処理装置を利用しょうとする者が正当な権限を有するユーザである ことを認証する認証手段 1 3と、前記認証手段 1 3による認証が完了した 後に前記制御手段 1 1による画面処理を解除する制御解除手段 14とを 具備するものとしたため、ユーザ自身が煩雑な操作を行わなくとも、ユー ザが席を離れたときに制御手段 1 1による画面処理が起動して情報の内 容を秘匿できる。そして、画面処理を起動している状態では、正当な権 限を有するユーザが復帰したことを認証した上で画面処理を解除して再 び情報を表示可能とすることにより、他者による不正な情報閲覧を抑止 してセキュリティを担保し得るものとなる。 An information processing device that can display information as text, images, video, or a combination of these on the screen of the display Id is displayed on the screen together with the human sensor lg, which is a sensor means for detecting the presence or absence of a person. Control means 11 having at least a function of performing a screen processing for concealing the information being transmitted, and when a user using the information processing apparatus is detected as being away from the user via the human sensor lg. A control activating unit 12 for activating the screen processing by the control unit 11; and a person who intends to use the information processing apparatus while the screen processing by the control unit 11 is activated has a valid authority. User who has Authentication means 13 to authenticate the user and the control cancellation means 14 for canceling the screen processing by the control means 11 after the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed. Even without performing, when the user leaves the seat, the screen processing by the control means 11 is activated and the contents of the information can be kept secret. Then, in a state where the screen processing is activated, the user having the proper authority is authenticated to have returned, the screen processing is released, and the information can be displayed again. It is possible to suppress information browsing and ensure security.
同様に、種々の情報処理を実行し得る情報処理装置を、人の存在の 有無を検知する人感センサ l gと、情報処理を実行させるための操作の 受け付けを留保する留保処理を行う機能を少なくとも有する制御手段 1 1と、 当該情報処理装置を利用しているユーザの離席を前記人感セン サ l gを介して感知したときに前記制御手段 1 1による留保処理を起動す る制御起動手段 1 2と、前記制御手段 1 1による留保処理が起動してい る状態にあって当該情報処理装置を利用しょうとする者が正当な権限 を有するユーザであることを認証する認証手段 1 3と、前記認証手段 1 3 による認証が完了した後に前記制御手段 1 1による留保処理を解除す る制御解除手段 14とを具備するものとしたため、ユーザ自身が煩雑な操 作を行わなくとも、ユーザが席を離れたときに制御手段 1 1により操作の 受け付けが留保される。そして、正当な権限を有するユーザが復帰した ことを認証した上で操作の受け付けの留保を解除することにより、他者に よる不正なアクセスを抑止してセキュリティを担保し得るものとなる。 Similarly, an information processing apparatus capable of executing various types of information processing is provided with at least a human sensor lg for detecting the presence or absence of a person and a function of performing a reservation process for retaining reception of an operation for executing information processing. Control means 11 and control start means 1 for starting the reservation processing by the control means 11 when the user using the information processing apparatus senses the absence of the user via the human sensor lg. 2, authentication means 13 for authenticating that a person who intends to use the information processing apparatus is a user having valid authority while the reservation processing by the control means 11 is activated, Control release means 14 for releasing the reservation processing by the control means 11 after the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed, so that the user himself / herself can take a seat without performing a complicated operation. Away At this time, the reception of the operation is reserved by the control means 11. Then, by authenticating that the user having the right authority has returned, and releasing the reservation of accepting the operation, unauthorized access by another person can be suppressed to ensure security.
さらに、前記認証手段 1 3は、何人かの接近を前記人感センサ l gを介 して感知したときに当該人に対して正当な権限を有するユーザを識別す るユーザ識別情報の入力を促す指示を与えるとともにその入力を受け 付けるものであるため、スクリーンセーバの停止及ぴ入力ダイアログ Dの 表示のためのキー押下、マウス移動等の煩わしい操作を省くことができ る。 Further, when the authentication means 13 senses the approach of some persons through the human sensor lg, the authentication means 13 prompts the user to input user identification information for identifying a user who has valid authority. And receive the input Since it is attached, it is possible to omit troublesome operations such as stopping the screen saver and pressing a key for displaying the input dialog D and moving the mouse.
従って、本実施形態における情報処理装置は、不特定人の手が及ぶ ような状況の下での利用に好適なものとなっている。とりわけ、ビジネスパ 一ソンが随時立ち寄って利用できるようなレンタルブースや、いわゆるイン ターネットカフェ、漫画喫茶等において好適に利用し得る。 Therefore, the information processing apparatus according to the present embodiment is suitable for use in a situation where an unspecified person can reach. In particular, it can be suitably used in rental booths where business people can stop by at any time, so-called Internet cafes, manga cafes, and the like.
<第 2実施形態〉続いて述べる第 2実施形態は、情報処理装置 1上 でスクリーンセーバが起動している状態、即ち前記画面処理、前記留保 処理が起動している状態にあって、 当該情報処理装置 1を利用しようと する者が正当な権限を有するユーザであることを認証する方法として、ュ ーザ自身によるユーザ識別情報の入力の替わりに、第 7図に模式的に 示すようにユーザが予め所持している所定の記憶装置 Mよりユーザ識別 情報を無線受信するようにしたものである。以下、上記第 1実施形態と の相違点を中心に説明する。 <Second Embodiment> A second embodiment described below is a state in which a screen saver is activated on the information processing apparatus 1, that is, the screen processing and the reservation processing are activated. As a method of authenticating that a person who intends to use the device 1 is a user having valid authority, instead of inputting user identification information by the user himself, as shown in FIG. User identification information is wirelessly received from a predetermined storage device M owned in advance. Hereinafter, the description will focus on the differences from the first embodiment.
本実施形態では、所定の記憶装置 Mとして RFIDタグを用いる。 RFI Dタグは、無線通信により非接触で情報の読出や書換が可能な記録媒 体である。 RFIDの方式としては、電磁誘導方式(電磁誘導作用を利用 して RFIDタグに電力を供給しながら RFIDタグと交信する方式)、マイク 口波方式(マイクロ波帯を用いて RF I Dタグと交信する方式)、光方式 (赤外線等の光波を用いて RFIDタグと交信する方式)、その他を挙げる ことができるが、何れの方式を採用するかについては特に限定されない。 因みに、置き忘れを防止するべく、所定の記憶装置 Mを、例えばバッジ のようにユーザの身につけることができるものとすることが好ましレ、。但し、 所定の記憶装置 Mが RFI Dタグであるとは限られず、無線通信機能を 有する携帯可能な情報処理端末、とりわけ bluetooth (登録商標)の如 きデータ通信用トランシーバを具備する携帯電話端末等を所定の記憶 装置 Mとすることを妨げなレ、。そして、このような所定の記憶装置 Mに、こ れを所持するユーザを識別するためのユーザ識別情報を記憶させてお 他方、本実施形態における情報処理装置 1は、例えば、第 8図に示す ように、プロセッサ la、メインメモリ lb、補助記憶装置 lc、ディスプレイ Id. 表示制御装置 le、及び入出力インタフェース lhを介して接続している 入力装置 lf、人感センサ lg等のハードウェア資源に加えて、前記所定 の記憶装置 Mと無線通信を行うための無線通信デバイス 1 iをも内包す る。無線通信デバイス liの具体的な態様は、ユーザが所持する所定の 記憶装置 Mの態様に応じたものとなる。例を挙げて述べると、所定の記 憶装置 Mが電子誘導方式の RFIDタグである場合には、該 RFIDタグ内 の誘導コイルに誘起電圧を惹起させるためのコイル(アンテナ)を含むも のとなり、所定の記憶装置 Mが光方式の RFIDタグである場合には、該 RFIDタグと赤外線通信を行うための赤外線デバイスを含むものとなる。 通常、プロセッサ laによって実行されるべきプログラムが補助記憶装置 lcに格納されており、プログラムの実行の際には補助記憶装置 lcからメ インメモリ lbに読み込まれ、プロセッサ laによって解読される。そして、該 プログラムに従い上記のハードウェア資源を作動して、第 2図に示す制 御手段 11、制御起動手段 12、認証手段 13、制御解除手段 14として の機能を発揮するようにしている。制御手段 11、制御起動手段 12並び に制御解除手段 14は、上記第 1実施形態におけるものと同様に構成す ることができるため、ここでは説明を省略する。認証手段 13は、前記制 御手段 11による画面処理並びに操作の受け付けの留保が起動してい る状態にあって、 当該情報処理装置 1を利用しょうとする者が正当な権 限を有するユーザであることを認証する。この認証は、 当該情報処理装 置 1を利用しょうとする者が所持している所定の記憶装置 Mよりユーザ 識別情報を取得し、これと正当な権限を有するユーザを識別するユーザ 識別情報とを比較するという態様で実施される。正当な権限を有するュ 一ザに係るユーザ識別情報は、メインメモリ l b若しくは補助記憶装置 l c の所要の記憶領域に、または当該情報処理装置 1と通信可能に接続し ている所定のコンピュータ(図示せず)のメインメモリ若しくは補助記憶装 置の所要の記憶領域に(平文で、若しくは暗号化されて)予め格納され ている。認証手段 1 3は、無線通信デバイス l iを利用して前記所定の記 憶装置 Mと無線通信を行い、該所定の記憶装置 Mに記憶されているュ 一ザ識別情報を受信する。 In the present embodiment, an RFID tag is used as the predetermined storage device M. An RFID tag is a recording medium from which information can be read and rewritten without contact by wireless communication. RFID methods include an electromagnetic induction method (a method of communicating with an RFID tag while supplying power to the RFID tag using electromagnetic induction) and a microphone mouth wave method (communicating with an RF ID tag using a microwave band). Method), an optical method (a method of communicating with an RFID tag using a light wave such as infrared light), and others, but there is no particular limitation on which method is used. Incidentally, in order to prevent misplacement, it is preferable that the predetermined storage device M can be worn on the user like a badge, for example. However, the predetermined storage device M is not necessarily an RFI D tag, and the wireless communication function is not provided. A portable information processing terminal having the data storage transceiver M, especially a mobile phone terminal having a data communication transceiver such as bluetooth (registered trademark) is not prevented from being used as the predetermined storage device M. And, in such a predetermined storage device M, user identification information for identifying a user who owns the storage device M is stored.On the other hand, the information processing device 1 in the present embodiment is, for example, as shown in FIG. In addition to the hardware resources such as the processor la, the main memory lb, the auxiliary storage device lc, the display Id. The display control device le, the input device lf connected via the input / output interface lh, and the human sensor lg. And a wireless communication device 1i for performing wireless communication with the predetermined storage device M. The specific mode of the wireless communication device li corresponds to the mode of the predetermined storage device M possessed by the user. To give an example, when the predetermined storage device M is an RFID tag of an electronic induction type, it includes a coil (antenna) for inducing an induced voltage in an induction coil in the RFID tag. When the predetermined storage device M is an optical RFID tag, it includes an infrared device for performing infrared communication with the RFID tag. Usually, a program to be executed by the processor la is stored in the auxiliary storage device lc, and when the program is executed, the program is read from the auxiliary storage device lc into the main memory lb and decoded by the processor la. Then, the above-mentioned hardware resources are operated in accordance with the program, so that the functions as the control means 11, the control activation means 12, the authentication means 13, and the control release means 14 shown in FIG. 2 are exerted. The control unit 11, the control activation unit 12, and the control release unit 14 can be configured in the same manner as in the first embodiment, and thus the description is omitted here. The authentication means 13 activates the screen processing by the control means 11 and the reservation of the acceptance of the operation. In this state, it is authenticated that the person who intends to use the information processing apparatus 1 is a user having valid authority. This authentication acquires user identification information from a predetermined storage device M owned by a person who intends to use the information processing device 1, and authenticates this with user identification information for identifying a user having valid authority. It is implemented in a mode of comparing. The user identification information relating to a user having valid authority is stored in a required storage area of the main memory lb or the auxiliary storage device lc, or a predetermined computer (shown in FIG. ) Is stored in advance in the required storage area of the main memory or the auxiliary storage device (in plain text or encrypted). The authentication unit 13 performs wireless communication with the predetermined storage device M using the wireless communication device li, and receives the user identification information stored in the predetermined storage device M.
但し、制御手段 1 1、制御起動手段 1 2、認証手段 1 3並びに制御解 除手段 14の各部の機能が複数の装置に分担され、これらが協働するこ とで上記情報処理装置 1として成立することを妨げない。 However, the function of each part of the control means 11, the control activation means 12, the authentication means 13, and the control release means 14 is shared by a plurality of devices, and the information processing device 1 is established by cooperation of these devices. Do not prevent you from doing so.
なお、所定の記憶装置 Mがユーザとともに在るという前提に立つならば、 所定の記憶装置 Mの存在の有無を検知することとユーザの存在の有無 を検知することとが同義となる。従って、人の存在の有無を検知するセン サ手段 1 0とユーザ認証を行う認証手段 1 3とが同じハードウェア資源を 共用するものとしてもよい。即ち、人感センサ l gを利用してセンサ手段 1 0を構成するのではなく、所定の記憶装置 Mと無線通信を行うための無 線通信デバイス l iを利用してセンサ手段 10を構成して、所定の記憶装 置 Mとの通信が断絶している場合にユーザが存在しないものとし通信が 確立している場合にユーザが存在するものとすることができる。このときに は、所定の記憶装置 M及ぴ無線通信デバイス l iが、本発明に係るセン サ手段 10並びに認証手段 13を構成する要素となる。また、人感センサ lgは必要でなくなる。 If it is assumed that the predetermined storage device M is present together with the user, detecting the presence or absence of the predetermined storage device M and detecting the presence or absence of the user are synonymous. Therefore, the sensor means 10 for detecting the presence or absence of a person and the authentication means 13 for performing user authentication may share the same hardware resource. That is, instead of configuring the sensor means 10 using the human sensor lg, the sensor means 10 is configured using a wireless communication device li for performing wireless communication with a predetermined storage device M, When communication with the predetermined storage device M is disconnected, it can be determined that no user exists, and when communication has been established, it can be determined that a user exists. At this time, the predetermined storage device M and the wireless communication device li are connected to the sensor according to the present invention. It is an element constituting the security means 10 and the authentication means 13. Further, the motion sensor lg is not required.
以降、本実施形態における情報処理装置 1が実行する処理の手順を, 第 9図のフローチャートを参照して述べる。センサ手段 10が当該情報処 理装置 1を利用しているユーザが席を離れたことを感知したとき(ステップ Sll)、制御手段 11による画面処理を起動し(ステップ S12)、かつ制御 手段 11による留保処理を起動する(ステップ S13)。し力、して、制御手段 11による画面処理並びに留保処理が起動している状態にあって、当該 情報処理装置 1を利用しょうとする者が所持する所定の記憶装置 Mと の間で無線通信を確立しょうとする。所定の記憶装置 Mとの間で無線 通信を確立したとき(ステップ S14)、所定の記憶装置 Mに記憶されてい るユーザ識別情報を取得し(ステップ S15)、取得したユーザ識別情報と 予め格納している正当な権限を有するユーザに係るユーザ識別情報と を比較してユーザ認証を行う。当該情報処理装置 1を利用しょうとする 者が正当な権限を有するユーザであることを認証できた場合には(ステツ プ S16)、制御手段 11による画面処理を解除し(ステップ SI 7)、かつ制 御手段 11による留保処理を解除する(ステップ S 18)。前記ステップ S1 6にあって正当な権限を有するユーザであることを認証できなかった場合 には、画面処理、制御処理の解除を行わず、スクリーンセーバが起動し ている状態を復元する、即ち上記のステップ S12、ステップ S13の段階 に処理を戻す。 Hereinafter, the procedure of the process executed by the information processing apparatus 1 in the present embodiment will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. When the sensor means 10 detects that the user using the information processing apparatus 1 has left his / her seat (step Sll), it starts the screen processing by the control means 11 (step S12), and The reservation processing is started (step S13). In a state where the screen processing and the reservation processing by the control means 11 are activated, the wireless communication with a predetermined storage device M owned by a person who intends to use the information processing device 1 Try to establish. When wireless communication is established with the predetermined storage device M (step S14), the user identification information stored in the predetermined storage device M is obtained (step S15), and the obtained user identification information is stored in advance. The user authentication is performed by comparing with the user identification information of the user having the valid authority. If the person who intends to use the information processing device 1 can be authenticated as a user having valid authority (step S16), the screen processing by the control means 11 is canceled (step SI7), and The reservation processing by the control means 11 is canceled (step S18). If it is not possible to authenticate the user having the proper authority in step S16, the screen processing and the control processing are not canceled, and the state in which the screen saver is activated is restored. The process returns to step S12 and step S13.
本実施形態によれば、人の存在の有無を検知するセンサ手段 10たる 人感センサ lgと、前記人感センサ lgがユーザの離席を検知したことを 条件に所定のセキュリティ機能即ち画面処理及び/または留保処理を 実行開始する制御手段 11と、前記制御手段 11によるセキュリティ機能 が起動している状態にあって戻ってきた者が正当な権限を有するユーザ であることを認証する認証手段 1 3と、前記認証手段 1 3による認証が完 了した後に前記制御手段 1 1によるセキュリティ機能を解除する制御解 除手段 1 4とを具備する情報処理装置 1を構成したため、ユーザ自身が 煩雑な操作を行わなくとも、ユーザが席を離れたときに制御手段 1 1によ るセキュリティ機能が起動される。そして、セキュリティ機能が起動してい る状態では、正当な権限を有するユーザが復帰したことを認証した上で その解除を行うため、他者による不正なアクセスを抑止してセキュリティを 担保し得るものとなる。 According to the present embodiment, the sensor means 10 for detecting the presence or absence of a human is a human security sensor lg and a predetermined security function, that is, screen processing and Control means 11 for starting execution of reservation processing, and security function of said control means 11 Authentication means 13 for authenticating that a person who has returned and is returned is a user having valid authority, and said control means 11 after authentication by said authentication means 13 is completed. Since the information processing apparatus 1 including the control release means 14 for releasing the security function is configured, the security by the control means 11 when the user leaves the seat can be performed without the user having to perform any complicated operation. The function is activated. In the state where the security function is activated, it is necessary to authenticate that the authorized user has recovered and release it after that, so that unauthorized access by others can be suppressed and security can be secured. Become.
情報を文字、画像、映像またはこれらの結合としてディスプレイ I dの画 面に表示し得る情報処理装置 1を、人の存在の有無を検知するセンサ 手段 10たる人感センサ l gと、画面に表示している情報を秘匿するため の画面処理を行う機能を少なくとも有する制御手段 1 1と、当該情報処 理装置 1を利用しているユーザの離席を前記人感センサ l gを介して感 知したときに前記制御手段 1 1による画面処理を起動する制御起動手 段 1 2と、前記制御手段 1 1による画面処理が起動している状態にあって 当該情報処理装置 1を利用しょうとする者が正当な権限を有するユーザ であることを認証する認証手段 1 3と、前記認証手段 1 3による認証が完 了した後に前記制御手段 1 1による画面処理を解除する制御解除手段 14とを具備するものとしたため、ユーザ自身が煩雑な操作を行わなくとも、 ユーザが席を離れたときに制御手段 1 1による画面処理が起動して情報 の内容を秘匿できる。そして、画面処理を起動している状態では、正当 な権限を有するユーザが復帰したことを認証した上で画面処理を解除し て再び情報を表示可能とすることにより、他者による不正な情報閲覧を 抑止してセキュリティを担保し得るものとなる。 同様に、種々の情報処理を実行し得る情報処理装置 1を、人の存在 の有無を検知する人感センサ l gと、情報処理を実行させるための操作 の受け付けを留保する留保処理を行う機能を少なくとも有する制御手 段 1 1と、 当該情報処理装置 1を利用しているユーザの離席を前記人感 センサ l gを介して感知したときに前記制御手段 1 1による留保処理を起 動する制御起動手段 1 2と、前記制御手段 1 1による留保処理が起動し ている状態にあって当該情報処理装置 1を利用しょうとする者が正当な 権限を有するユーザであることを認証する認証手段 1 3と、前記認証手 段 1 3による認証が完了した後に前記制御手段 1 1による留保処理を解 除する制御解除手段 1 4とを具備するものとしたため、ユーザ自身が煩 雑な操作を行わなくとも、ユーザが席を離れたときに制御手段 1 1により 操作の受け付けが留保される。そして、正当な権限を有するユーザが復 帰したことを認証した上で操作の受け付けの留保を解除することにより、 他者による不正なアクセスを抑止してセキュリティを担保し得るものとな る。 An information processing device 1 capable of displaying information on the screen of the display Id as characters, images, videos or a combination thereof is displayed on a screen together with a sensor means 10 for detecting the presence or absence of a person and a human sensor lg. When the control means 11 having at least a function of performing a screen processing for concealing the information being provided and the absence of the user using the information processing apparatus 1 are sensed through the human sensor lg. The control activation means 12 for activating the screen processing by the control means 11 and the person who intends to use the information processing apparatus 1 while the screen processing by the control means 11 is activated. Authentication means 13 for authenticating that the user has the right authority, and control release means 14 for releasing the screen processing by the control means 11 after the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed. User Even seen without a complicated operation, the user can conceal the contents of the information to start the screen processing by the control unit 1 1 when leaving the seat. In a state where screen processing has been activated, unauthorized users can authenticate unauthorized access of the information by releasing the screen processing and re-displaying the information after authenticating that the user who has valid authority has returned. And security can be ensured. Similarly, the information processing apparatus 1 capable of executing various information processing is provided with a human sensor lg for detecting the presence or absence of a person and a function of performing a reservation process for retaining reception of an operation for executing the information processing. At least control means 11 and control activation for initiating a reservation process by the control means 11 when the user using the information processing apparatus 1 is detected via the motion sensor lg as being away from the user. Means 12 and authentication means 13 for authenticating that a person who intends to use said information processing apparatus 1 is a user having valid authority while the reservation processing by said control means 11 is activated. And the control release means 14 for releasing the reservation processing by the control means 11 after the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed, so that the user does not have to perform a complicated operation. , User leaves seat When the control means 11 accepts the operation, the operation is not accepted. Then, by releasing the reservation of accepting the operation after authenticating that the authorized user has returned, it is possible to prevent unauthorized access by another person and secure security.
さらに、前記認証手段 1 3は、 当該情報処理装置 1を利用しょうとする 者が所持する、 当該者を識別するユーザ識別情報を記憶している所定 の記憶装置 Mと無線通信を行い、前記所定の記憶装置 Mよりユーザ識 別情報を取得して、これを正当な権限を有するユーザを識別するユーザ 識別情報と比較するものであるため、ユーザ自身がユーザ識別情報の 入力操作を行う必要がなく、ユーザにとってより簡便なものとなる。 Further, the authentication means 13 performs wireless communication with a predetermined storage device M, which is owned by a person who intends to use the information processing apparatus 1 and stores user identification information for identifying the person, Since the user identification information is obtained from the storage device M of the user and compared with the user identification information for identifying the user having the right authority, the user does not need to perform the input operation of the user identification information. Therefore, it becomes simpler for the user.
従って、本実施形態における情報処理装置 1は、不特定人の手が及 ぶような状況の下での利用に好適なものとなっている。とりわけ、ビジネス パーソンが随時立ち寄って利用できるようなレンタルブースや、いわゆるィ ンターネットカフェ、漫画喫茶等において好適に利用し得る。 <第 3実施形態 >本実施形態では、情報表示機能及び情報処理機 能を有する情報処理装置 1に加えて、種々の物品を収納、保管可能な 収納具 2を配し、これらをともにユーザの利用に供するようにしている。収 納具 2とは、物品を収納し得る什器をおしなべて包含する概念であって, 例えば、デスクの引き出し、ワゴン、 ロッカー、キャビネット、鞫等が該当す る。ユーザは、筆記用具や貴重品、文書や書籍等の物品を収納具 2に 収納して保管することができる。並びに、収納具 2には、施錠装置 2aを 設けておく。 当該施錠装置 2aにより施錠しておくことで、収納具 2内に 収納した物品の持ち出しを抑止できることは言うまでもなレ、。そして、第 1 2図に模式的に示すように、収納具 2の施錠装置 2aと情報処理装置 1 とが、信号の授受が可能であるように有線または無線で接続している。 情報処理装置 1は、収納具 2の施錠装置 2aに対して操作信号を送信 し、その施錠または解錠を行うことができる。以下、上記第 1実施形態と の相違点を中心に説明する。 Therefore, the information processing apparatus 1 according to the present embodiment is suitable for use in a situation where an unspecified person can reach. In particular, it can be suitably used in a rental booth where a business person can visit and use at any time, a so-called Internet cafe, a manga cafe, and the like. <Third Embodiment> In this embodiment, in addition to an information processing device 1 having an information display function and an information processing function, a storage device 2 capable of storing and storing various articles is provided, and these are both provided to a user. We are going to use it. The storage device 2 is a concept that includes all the fixtures that can store articles, such as a desk drawer, a wagon, a locker, a cabinet, and a chain. The user can store articles such as writing utensils, valuables, documents and books in the storage device 2. In addition, the storage device 2 is provided with a locking device 2a. Needless to say, by locking with the locking device 2a, it is possible to prevent the articles stored in the storage device 2 from being taken out. Then, as schematically shown in FIG. 12, the locking device 2a of the storage device 2 and the information processing device 1 are connected by wire or wirelessly so that signals can be transmitted and received. The information processing device 1 can transmit an operation signal to the locking device 2a of the storage device 2 to lock or unlock the locking device 2a. Hereinafter, the description will focus on the differences from the first embodiment.
本実施形態における情報処理装置 1は、例えば、第 13図に示すよう に、 プロセッサ la、メインメモリ lb、補助記憶装置 lc、 ディスプレイ ld、 表示制御装置 le、及び、入出力インタフェース lhを介して接続している 入力装置 lf、人感センサ lg等のハードウェア資源に加えて、収納具 2 の施錠装置 2aに対して操作信号を送信するための信号インタフェース 1 jをも内包する。信号インタフェース ljの具体的な態様は、当該情報処 理装置 1と有能具の施錠装置 2aとの間の接続の態様に応じたものとな る。即ち、情報処理装置 1と施錠装置 2aとを有線接続する場合には、 R S-232C, USB(Universal Serial Bus)その他の有線信号インタ フェースを採用することができ、情報処理装置 1と施錠装置 2aとを無線 接続する場合には、いわゆる無線 LAN(Local Area Network)、 bl uetooth (登録商標)等のデータ通信用トランシーバ、あるいはその他の 無線信号伝送デバイスを採用することができる。なお、上記第 1実施形 態と同じく、人感センサ lgが、 当該情報処理装置 1近傍の所定領域内 に人が存在しているか否かを検知するセンサ手段 10としての役割を担 う。 For example, as shown in FIG. 13, the information processing device 1 in the present embodiment is connected via a processor la, a main memory lb, an auxiliary storage device lc, a display ld, a display control device le, and an input / output interface lh. In addition to the hardware resources such as the input device lf and the human sensor lg, a signal interface 1 j for transmitting an operation signal to the locking device 2 a of the storage device 2 is included. The specific mode of the signal interface lj depends on the mode of connection between the information processing device 1 and the locking device 2a of the capable tool. That is, when the information processing device 1 and the locking device 2a are connected by wire, an RS-232C, USB (Universal Serial Bus) or other wired signal interface can be adopted, and the information processing device 1 and the locking device 2a can be used. When wirelessly connecting to 2a, so-called wireless LAN (Local Area Network), bl A transceiver for data communication, such as uetooth®, or other wireless signal transmission device may be employed. As in the first embodiment, the human sensor lg plays a role as sensor means 10 for detecting whether or not a person is present in a predetermined area near the information processing device 1.
通常、プロセッサ laによって実行されるべきプログラムが補助記憶装置 lcに格納されており、プログラムの実行の際には補助記憶装置 lcからメ インメモリ lbに読み込まれ、プロセッサ laによって解読される。そして、該 プログラムに従い上記のハードウェア資源を作動して、第 11図に示す制 御手段 11、制御起動手段 12、認証手段 13、制御解除手段 14並びに 信号送信手段 15としての機能を発揮するようにしている。制御手段 11、 制御起動手段 12、認証手段 13、制御解除手段 14は、上記第 1実施 形態におけるものと同様に構成することができるため、ここでは説明を省 略する。信号送信手段 15は、信号インタフェース lj及びそのデバイスド ライバの機能を利用して、収納具 2の施錠装置 2aに対し操作信号を送 信する。信号送信手段 15は、当該情報処理装置 1を利用しているユー ザの離席をセンサ手段 10を介して感知したときに施錠装置 2aの施錠を 行うための操作信号を送信し、かつ、認証手段 13による認証が完了し た後に施錠装置 2aの解錠を行うための操作信号を送信する。つまり、ュ 一ザが席を離れたとき、収納具 2内に納められた物品を他者が持ち出す ことを抑止すべく収納具 2を施錠し、しかる後正当な権限を有するユー ザが現れたときには、 当該ユーザを認証手段 13により認証した上で収 納具 2の施錠を解除して収納具 2への物品の出し入れを再ぴ可能す る。 Usually, a program to be executed by the processor la is stored in the auxiliary storage device lc, and when the program is executed, the program is read from the auxiliary storage device lc into the main memory lb and decoded by the processor la. Then, the above-mentioned hardware resources are operated according to the program, and the functions as the control means 11, the control activation means 12, the authentication means 13, the control release means 14, and the signal transmission means 15 shown in FIG. I have to. The control means 11, the control activation means 12, the authentication means 13, and the control release means 14 can be configured in the same manner as in the first embodiment, and thus the description is omitted here. The signal transmitting means 15 transmits an operation signal to the locking device 2a of the storage device 2 using the functions of the signal interface lj and its device driver. The signal transmitting means 15 transmits an operation signal for locking the locking device 2a when the user using the information processing device 1 detects the absence of the user via the sensor means 10, and performs authentication. After the authentication by means 13 is completed, an operation signal for unlocking the locking device 2a is transmitted. In other words, when the user leaves the seat, the user locks the storage device 2 to prevent others from taking out the items stored in the storage device 2, and then a user with the right authority appears. In some cases, after the user is authenticated by the authentication means 13, the lock of the storage device 2 is unlocked and the article can be put in and out of the storage device 2 again.
但し、制御手段 11、制御起動手段 12、認証手段 13、制御解除手段 14並びに信号送信手段 15の各部の機能が複数の装置に分担され、こ れらが協働することで上記情報処理装置 1として成立することを妨げな い。 However, control means 11, control activation means 12, authentication means 13, control release means The function of each part of the signal transmitting means 14 and the signal transmitting means 15 is shared by a plurality of devices, and the cooperation of these components does not prevent the information processing device 1 from being established.
以降、本実施形態における情報処理装置 1が実行する処理の手順を, 第 14図のフローチャートを参照して述べる。 当該情報処理装置 1を利 用しているユーザが席を離れたことを人感センサ lgを介して感知したとき (ステップ S1)、制御手段 11による画面処理を起動し(ステップ S2)、か つ制御手段 11による留保処理を起動する(ステップ S3)。また、ステップ S2、ステップ S3と相前後して、収納具 2の施錠装置 2aの施錠を行うた めの操作信号を当該施錠装置 2aに対し送信する(ステップ S21)。この 結果、収納具 2が施錠される。しかして、制御手段 11による画面処理並 びに留保処理が起動している状態にあって、何人かが当該情報処理装 置 1に接近したことを人感センサ lgを介して感知したとき(ステップ S4)、 当該人に対して正当な権限を有するユーザを識別するユーザ識別情報 の入力を促す指示を与え(ステップ S5)、ユーザ識別情報の入力を受け 付ける(ステップ S6)。既に述べたように、本実施形態では、前記ステツ プ S5にあって、ユーザ識別情報たるユーザ ID及び/またはパスワードの 入力ダイアログ Dをディスプレイ Idの画面に表示し、入力装置 Ifを使用 したユーザ ID及び/またはパスワードの入力を受け付ける。前記人によ るユーザ識別情報の入力が終わったら(ステップ S7)、入力されたユーザ 識別情報と予め格納している正当な権限を有するユーザに係るユーザ 識別情報とを比較してユーザ認証を行う。当該情報処理装置 1を利用 しょうとする者が正当な権限を有するユーザであることを認証できた場合 には(ステップ S8)、制御手段 11による画面処理を解除し(ステップ S9)、 かつ制御手段 11による留保処理を解除する(ステップ S 10)。また、ステ ップ S 9、ステップ S 10と相前後して、収納具 2の施錠装置 2aの解錠を行 うための操作信号を当該施錠装置 2aに対し送信する(ステップ S 22)。 この結果、収納具 2が解錠される。前記ステップ S 8にあって正当な権限 を有するユーザであることを認証できなかった場合には、再度ユーザ識 別情報の入力を促す。因みに、第 6図上には示していないが、入力ダイ ァログ Dを表示してユーザ ID、パスワードの入力を待ち受けているとき(ス テツプ S 5、ステップ S 6 )に、入力が行われずに所定のタイムアウト時間が 経過した場合や入力ダイアログ D内に配した「キャンセル」ボタンがクリツ クされた場合等において、入力ダイアログ Dを消去してスクリーンセーバ が起動している状態を復元する、即ち上記のステップ S 2、ステップ S 3の 段階に処理を戻すようにしてもよい。 Hereinafter, the procedure of the process executed by the information processing apparatus 1 in the present embodiment will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. When the user using the information processing device 1 detects that the user has left the seat via the human sensor lg (step S1), screen processing by the control means 11 is started (step S2), and The reservation processing by the control means 11 is started (step S3). Further, before and after steps S2 and S3, an operation signal for locking the locking device 2a of the storage device 2 is transmitted to the locking device 2a (step S21). As a result, the storage device 2 is locked. Thus, when the screen processing and the reservation processing by the control means 11 are activated and some of the persons approach the information processing apparatus 1 via the human sensor lg (step S4). ), The user is instructed to input user identification information for identifying a user having valid authority (step S5), and the input of the user identification information is received (step S6). As described above, in the present embodiment, in step S5, a user ID and / or password input dialogue D as user identification information is displayed on the screen of the display Id, and the user ID using the input device If is used. And / or accept password input. When the input of the user identification information by the person is completed (step S7), the user authentication is performed by comparing the input user identification information with the previously stored user identification information of a user having valid authority. . If the person who intends to use the information processing device 1 can be authenticated as a user having valid authority (step S8), the screen processing by the control unit 11 is canceled (step S9), and the control unit Release the reservation processing by 11 (step S10). Also, The operation signal for unlocking the locking device 2a of the storage device 2 is transmitted to the locking device 2a before and after step S9 and step S10 (step S22). As a result, the storage device 2 is unlocked. If it is not possible in step S8 to authenticate the user having the correct authority, the user is prompted to input user identification information again. By the way, although not shown in FIG. 6, when the input dialog D is displayed to wait for the input of the user ID and the password (steps S5 and S6), a predetermined value is set without being input. If the time-out period has elapsed, or if the "Cancel" button in the input dialog D is clicked, the input dialog D is erased to restore the state where the screen saver is running. The process may be returned to the stage of S2 and step S3.
本実施形態によれば、人の存在の有無を検知するセンサ手段 1 0たる 人感センサ l gと、種々の物品を収納可能な収納具 2に設けられた施錠 装置 2 aに対し、その施錠または解錠を行うための操作信号を送信し得 る信号送信手段 1 5と、ユーザの離席後に戻ってきた者が正当な権限を 有するユーザであることを認証する認証手段 1 3とを具備してなり、前記 信号送信手段 1 5が、前記ユーザの離席を前記人感センサ l gを介して 感知したときに前記施錠装置 2aの施錠を行うための操作信号を送信し、 かつ、前記認証手段 1 3による認証が完了した後に前記施錠装置 2aの 解錠を行うための操作信号を送信する情報処理装置 1を構成したため, ユーザが席を離れている間に他者が収納具 2内の物品を不正に持ち出 したりまたは閲覧したりすることを抑止できる。よって、盗難のおそれのあ る貴重品や他者の目に触れることを避けたい機密文書その他の物品を 安全に収納具 2に収納、保管しておくことが可能となる。 According to the present embodiment, the sensor means 10 for detecting the presence or absence of a person, the human sensor lg, and the locking device 2a provided in the storage device 2 capable of storing various articles are locked or locked. Signal transmission means 15 for transmitting an operation signal for unlocking, and authentication means 13 for authenticating that a person who returns after leaving the user is a user having valid authority. The signal transmitting means 15 transmits an operation signal for locking the locking device 2a when the user's absence is detected via the motion sensor lg, and the authentication means Since the information processing device 1 that transmits an operation signal for unlocking the locking device 2a after the completion of the authentication by 13 is configured, while the user is away from his / her seat, the article in the storage 2 Fraudulently taking out or browsing Wear. Therefore, valuables that may be stolen or confidential documents or other articles that should not be seen by others can be safely stored and stored in the storage device 2.
前記情報処理装置 1よりもたらされる操作信号を受けて施錠または解 錠される施錠装置 2 aを具備し、種々の物品を収納可能な収納具 2を構 成したため、該収納具 2を利用して簡便に各種物品を保全し得る。 Lock or unlock in response to an operation signal from the information processing device 1. Since the storage device 2 is provided with the locking device 2a to be locked and can store various articles, various items can be easily maintained using the storage device 2.
また、特に、本実施形態では、情報表示機能及び情報処理機能を有 する情報処理装置 1が、種々の物品を収納可能な収納具 2に設けられ た施錠装置 2aに対しその施錠または解錠を行うための操作信号を送信 し得る信号送信手段 1 5をも具備しており、この信号送信手段 1 5が、当 該情報処理装置 1を利用しているユーザの離席を前記センサ手段 1 0を 介して感知したときに前記施錠装置 2 aの施錠を行うための操作信号を 送信し、かつ、前記認証手段 1 3による認証が完了した後に前記施錠 装置 2 aの解錠を行うための操作信号を送信するものであるため、情報 処理装置 1に格納されているディジタル情報の防護と、収納具内に保管 された文書等の情報の防護とを同時に図ることができる。 Further, in particular, in the present embodiment, the information processing device 1 having the information display function and the information processing function locks or unlocks the locking device 2a provided in the storage device 2 capable of storing various articles. Signal processing means 15 capable of transmitting an operation signal for performing the operation. The signal transmission means 15 is adapted to detect the absence of the user using the information processing apparatus 1 by the sensor means 10. An operation signal for locking the locking device 2a is transmitted when the operation is sensed through the control unit, and an operation for unlocking the locking device 2a after the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed. Since the signal is transmitted, the protection of digital information stored in the information processing device 1 and the protection of information such as documents stored in the storage device can be achieved at the same time.
その他、上記第 1実施形態において述べた効果をも奏し得ることは言 うまでもない。本実施形態における情報処理装置 1並びに収納具 2は、 不特定人の手が及ぶような状況の下での利用に好適なものとなっている。 とりわけ、ビジネスパーソンが随時立ち寄って利用できるようなレンタルブ ースや、いわゆるインターネットカフヱ、漫画喫茶等において好適に利用 し得る。 In addition, it goes without saying that the effects described in the first embodiment can also be obtained. The information processing device 1 and the storage device 2 according to the present embodiment are suitable for use in a situation where an unspecified person can reach. In particular, it can be suitably used in rental booths where business people can stop by at any time, so-called Internet cuffs, manga cafes, and the like.
<第 4実施形態 >続いて述べる第 4実施形態は、上記第 2実施形態 と同様に、情報処理装置 1上でスクリーンセーバが起動している状態、 即ち前記画面処理、前記留保処理が起動している状態にあって、当該 情報処理装置 1を利用しょうとする者が正当な権限を有するユーザであ ることを認証する方法として、ユーザ自身によるユーザ識別情報の入力 の替わりに、第 1 5図に模式的に示すようにユーザが予め所持している所 定の記憶装置 Mよりユーザ識別情報を無線受信するようにしたものであ る。以下、上記第 2実施形態、第 3実施形態との相違点を中心に説明 する。 <Fourth Embodiment> A fourth embodiment described below is a state in which a screen saver is activated on the information processing apparatus 1, that is, the screen processing and the reservation processing are activated, similarly to the second embodiment. As a method of authenticating that a person who intends to use the information processing device 1 is a user having valid authority in a state where the information As shown schematically, the user identification information is wirelessly received from a predetermined storage device M which the user has in advance. You. Hereinafter, a description will be given focusing on differences from the second embodiment and the third embodiment.
本実施形態では、所定の記憶装置 Mとして RFIDタグを用いる。 RFI Dタグは、無線通信により非接触で情報の読出や書換が可能な記録媒 体である。 RFIDの方式は、特に限定されない。因みに、置き忘れを防 止するべく、所定の記憶装置 Mを、例えばバッジのようにユーザの身に つけることができるものとすることが好ましい。但し、所定の記憶装置 Mが RFIDタグであるとは限られず、無線通信機能を有する携帯可能な情報 処理端末、とりわけ bluetooth (登録商標)の如きデータ通信用トランシ ーバを具備する携帯電話端末等を所定の記憶装置 Mとすることを妨げ ない。そして、このような所定の記憶装置 Mに、これを所持するユーザを 識別するためのユーザ識別情報を記憶させておく。 In the present embodiment, an RFID tag is used as the predetermined storage device M. The RFID tag is a recording medium on which information can be read and rewritten without contact by wireless communication. The method of RFID is not particularly limited. Incidentally, in order to prevent misplacement, it is preferable that the predetermined storage device M can be worn on the user like a badge, for example. However, the predetermined storage device M is not necessarily an RFID tag, and is a portable information processing terminal having a wireless communication function, particularly a mobile phone terminal having a data communication transceiver such as bluetooth (registered trademark). Does not prevent the storage device M from being a predetermined storage device M. Then, in such a predetermined storage device M, user identification information for identifying a user who owns the storage device M is stored.
並びに、情報表示機能及び情報処理機能を有する情報処理装置 1 に加えて、種々の物品を収納、保管可能な収納具 2を配し、これらをとも にユーザの利用に供するようにしている。そして、第 1 5図に示しているよ うに、収納具 2の施錠装置 2 aと情報処理装置 1とが、信号の授受が可 能であるように有線または無線で接続している。情報処理装置 1は、収 納具 2の施錠装置 2 aに対して操作信号を送信し、その施錠または解錠 を行うことができる。 In addition, in addition to the information processing device 1 having an information display function and an information processing function, a storage device 2 capable of storing and storing various articles is provided, and these are used together with the user. Then, as shown in FIG. 15, the locking device 2a of the storage device 2 and the information processing device 1 are connected by wire or wirelessly so that signals can be transmitted and received. The information processing device 1 can transmit an operation signal to the locking device 2a of the storage device 2 to lock or unlock the locking device 2a.
本実施形態における情報処理装置 1は、例えば、第 1 6図に示すよう に、プロセッサ l a、メインメモリ l b、補助記憶装置 l c、ディスプレイ l d、 表示制御装置 l e、及び入出力インタフェース l hを介して接続している 入力装置 l f、人感センサ l g、無線通信デバイス l i等のハードウェア資 源に加えて、収納具 2の施錠装置 2aに対して操作信号を送信するため の信号インタフェース ljをも内包する。信号インタフェース ljの具体的な 態様は、当該情報処理装置 1と有能具の施錠装置 2aとの間の接続の 態様に応じたものとなる。即ち、情報処理装置 1と施錠装置 2aとを有線 接続する場合には、 RS— 232C、 USBその他の有線信号インタフヱ一 ス ljを採用することができ、情報処理装置 1と施錠装置 2aとを無線接続 する場合には、いわゆる無線 LAN、 bluetooth (登録商標)等のデータ 通信用トランシーバ、あるいはその他の無線信号伝送デバイスを採用す ることができる(このとき、上記無線通信デバイス liと信号インタフェース 1 jとを同一とすることを妨げない)。 For example, as shown in FIG. 16, the information processing device 1 in the present embodiment is connected via a processor la, a main memory lb, an auxiliary storage device lc, a display ld, a display control device le, and an input / output interface lh. In addition to the hardware resources such as the input device lf, the human sensor lg, and the wireless communication device li, a signal interface lj for transmitting an operation signal to the locking device 2a of the storage device 2 is included. . Signal interface lj specific The mode depends on the mode of connection between the information processing device 1 and the locking device 2a of the capable tool. That is, when the information processing device 1 and the locking device 2a are connected by wire, an RS-232C, USB or other wired signal interface lj can be adopted, and the information processing device 1 and the locking device 2a can be wirelessly connected. For connection, a so-called wireless LAN, a transceiver for data communication such as bluetooth (registered trademark), or another wireless signal transmission device can be employed (at this time, the wireless communication device li and the signal interface 1 j are used). And do not prevent them from being the same).
通常、プロセッサ laによって実行されるべきプログラムが補助記憶装置 lcに格納されており、プログラムの実行の際には補助記憶装置 lcからメ インメモリ lbに読み込まれ、プロセッサ laによって解読される。そして、該 プログラムに従い上記のハードウェア資源を作動して、第 11図に示す制 御手段 11、制御起動手段 12、認証手段 13、制御解除手段 14並びに 信号送信手段 15としての機能を発揮するようにしている。制御手段 11, 制御起動手段 12、認証手段 13、制御解除手段 14は、上記第 2実施 形態におけるものと同様に構成することができるため、ここでは説明を省 略する。信号送信手段 15は、信号インタフェース lj及びそのデバイスド ライバの機能を利用して、収納具 2の施錠装置 2aに対し操作信号を送 信する。信号送信手段 15は、当該情報処理装置 1を利用しているユー ザの離席をセンサ手段 10を介して感知したときに施錠装置 2aの施錠を 行うための操作信号を送信し、かつ、認証手段 13による認証が完了し た後に施錠装置 2aの解錠を行うための操作信号を送信する。つまり、ュ 一ザが席を離れたとき、収納具 2内に納められた物品を他者が持ち出す ことを抑止すべく収納具 2を施錠し、しかる後正当な権限を有するユー ザが現れたときには、 当該ユーザを認証手段 13により認証した上で収 納具 2の施錠を解除して収納具 2への物品の出し入れを再び可能す る。 Usually, a program to be executed by the processor la is stored in the auxiliary storage device lc, and when the program is executed, the program is read from the auxiliary storage device lc into the main memory lb and decoded by the processor la. Then, the above-mentioned hardware resources are operated according to the program, and the functions as the control means 11, the control activation means 12, the authentication means 13, the control release means 14, and the signal transmission means 15 shown in FIG. I have to. The control means 11, the control activation means 12, the authentication means 13, and the control release means 14 can be configured in the same manner as in the above-described second embodiment, and a description thereof will be omitted. The signal transmitting means 15 transmits an operation signal to the locking device 2a of the storage device 2 using the functions of the signal interface lj and its device driver. The signal transmission means 15 transmits an operation signal for locking the locking device 2a when the user using the information processing device 1 detects the absence of the user via the sensor means 10, and performs authentication. After the authentication by the means 13 is completed, an operation signal for unlocking the locking device 2a is transmitted. In other words, when the user leaves the seat, the user locks the storage device 2 to prevent others from taking out the articles stored in the storage device 2, and then a user with the right authority appears. Sometimes, the user is authenticated by the authentication means 13 The lock of the storage device 2 is released, and the article can be put in and out of the storage device 2 again.
但し、制御手段 11、制御起動手段 12、認証手段 13、制御解除手段 14並びに信号送信手段 15の各部の機能が複数の装置に分担され、こ れらが協働することで上記情報処理装置 1として成立することを妨げな い。 However, the function of each part of the control means 11, the control activation means 12, the authentication means 13, the control release means 14, and the signal transmission means 15 is shared by a plurality of devices, and the information processing device 1 It does not prevent that it is established as.
以降、本実施形態における情報処理装置 1が実行する処理の手順を, 第 17図のフローチャートを参照して述べる。センサ手段 10が当該情報 処理装置 1を利用しているユーザが席を離れたことを感知したとき(ステツ プ Sll)、制御手段 11による画面処理を起動し(ステップ SI 2)、かつ制 御手段 11による留保処理を起動する(ステップ S13)。また、ステップ S1 2、ステップ S 13と相前後して、収納具 2の施錠装置 2aの施錠を行うた めの操作信号を当該施錠装置 2aに対し送信する(ステップ S23)。この 結果、収納具 2が施錠される。しかして、制御手段 11による画面処理並 びに留保処理が起動している状態にあって、当該情報処理装置 1を利 用しょうとする者が所持する所定の記憶装置 Mとの間で無線通信を確 立しょうとする。所定の記憶装置 Mとの間で無線通信を確立したとき(ス テツプ S14)、所定の記憶装置 Mに記憶されているユーザ識別情報を取 得し(ステップ S 15)、取得したユーザ識別情報と予め格納している正当 な権限を有するユーザに係るユーザ識別情報とを比較してユーザ認証 を行う。当該情報処理装置 1を利用しょうとする者が正当な権限を有す るユーザであることを認証できた場合には(ステップ S16)、制御手段 11 による画面処理を解除し(ステップ S 17)、かつ制御手段 11による留保 処理を解除する(ステップ S 18)。また、ステップ S17、ステップ SI 8と相 前後して、収納具 2の施錠装置 2aの解錠を行うための操作信号を当該 施錠装置 2 aに対し送信する(ステップ S 22)。この結果、収納具 2が解 錠される。前記ステップ S 1 6にあって正当な権限を有するユーザであるこ とを認証できなかった場合には、画面処理、制御処理の解除を行わず、 スクリーンセ一バが起動している状態を復元する、即ち上記のステップ S 1 2、ステップ S 1 3の段階に処理を戻す。 Hereinafter, the procedure of the process executed by the information processing apparatus 1 in the present embodiment will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. When the sensor means 10 detects that the user using the information processing apparatus 1 has left the seat (step Sll), it starts the screen processing by the control means 11 (step SI2), and The reservation processing by 11 is started (step S13). In addition, before and after steps S12 and S13, an operation signal for locking the locking device 2a of the storage device 2 is transmitted to the locking device 2a (step S23). As a result, the storage device 2 is locked. Thus, in a state where the screen processing and the reservation processing by the control means 11 are activated, the wireless communication with the predetermined storage device M possessed by the person who intends to use the information processing apparatus 1 is performed. Try to establish. When wireless communication is established with the predetermined storage device M (step S14), the user identification information stored in the predetermined storage device M is obtained (step S15), and the obtained user identification information and The user authentication is performed by comparing with the user identification information of the user having the right authority stored in advance. If the person who intends to use the information processing device 1 can be authenticated as a user having valid authority (step S16), the screen processing by the control means 11 is canceled (step S17), And the reservation processing by the control means 11 is canceled (step S18). In addition, before and after steps S17 and SI8, an operation signal for unlocking the locking device 2a of the storage device 2 is transmitted. This is transmitted to the locking device 2a (step S22). As a result, the storage device 2 is unlocked. In step S16, if the user cannot be authenticated as a user having valid authority, the screen processing and the control processing are not canceled and the state where the screen server is activated is restored. That is, the process returns to the steps S12 and S13.
本実施形態によれば、人の存在の有無を検知するセンサ手段 10たる 人感センサ l gと、種々の物品を収納可能な収納具 2に設けられた施錠 装置 2 aに対し、その施錠または解錠を行うための操作信号を送信し得 る信号送信手段 1 5と、ユーザの離席後に戻ってきた者が正当な権限を 有するユーザであることを認証する認証手段 1 3とを具備してなり、前記 信号送信手段 1 5が、前記ユーザの離席を前記人感センサ l gを介して 感知したときに前記施錠装置 2aの施錠を行うための操作信号を送信し、 かつ、前記認証手段 1 3による認証が完了した後に前記施錠装置 2 aの 解錠を行うための操作信号を送信する情報処理装置 1を構成したため, ユーザが席を離れている間に他者が収納具 2内の物品を不正に持ち出 したりまたは閲覧したりすることを抑止できる。よって、盗難のおそれのあ る貴重品や他者の目に触れることを避けたい機密文書その他の物品を 安全に収納具 2に収納、保管しておくことが可能となる。 According to the present embodiment, the locking or unlocking of the human sensor lg, which is the sensor means 10 for detecting the presence or absence of a person, and the locking device 2a provided in the storage device 2 capable of storing various articles is performed. Signal transmission means 15 capable of transmitting an operation signal for locking, and authentication means 13 for authenticating that a person who has returned after leaving the user is a user having valid authority. The signal transmitting means 15 transmits an operation signal for locking the locking device 2a when the user's absence is detected via the motion sensor lg, and the authentication means 1 Since the information processing device 1 that transmits an operation signal for unlocking the locking device 2a after the authentication by the third device 3 is completed, while the user is away from the seat, an article in the storage device 2 can be stored by another person. Deters illegally taking out or browsing Kill. Therefore, valuables that may be stolen or confidential documents or other articles that should not be seen by others can be safely stored and stored in the storage device 2.
前記情報処理装置 1よりもたらされる操作信号を受けて施錠または解 錠される施錠装置 2aを具備し、種々の物品を収納可能な収納具 2を構 成したため、該収納具 2を利用して簡便に各種物品を保全し得る。 It is provided with a locking device 2a that is locked or unlocked in response to an operation signal provided from the information processing device 1, and has a storage device 2 capable of storing various articles. Various items can be preserved.
また、特に、本実施形態では、情報表示機能及び情報処理機能を有 する情報処理装置 1が、種々の物品を収納可能な収納具 2に設けられ た施錠装置 2aに対しその施錠または解錠を行うための操作信号を送信 し得る信号送信手段 1 5をも具備しており、この信号送信手段 1 5が、 当 該情報処理装置 1を利用しているユーザの離席を前記センサ手段 10を 介して感知したときに前記施錠装置 2aの施錠を行うための操作信号を 送信し、かつ、前記認証手段 1 3による認証が完了した後に前記施錠 装置 2 aの解錠を行うための操作信号を送信するものであるため、情報 処理装置 1に格納されているディジタル情報の防護と、収納具内に保管 された文書等の情報の防護とを同時に図ることができる。 Further, in particular, in the present embodiment, the information processing device 1 having the information display function and the information processing function locks or unlocks the locking device 2a provided in the storage device 2 capable of storing various articles. Signal transmitting means 15 capable of transmitting an operation signal for performing the operation. When the user using the information processing device 1 detects that the user has left the seat via the sensor means 10, an operation signal for locking the locking device 2a is transmitted, and the authentication means 13 Since the operation signal for unlocking the locking device 2a is transmitted after the authentication is completed, the protection of the digital information stored in the information processing device 1 and the document stored in the storage device are performed. And other information can be protected at the same time.
その他、上記第 2実施形態において述べた効果をも奏し得ることは言 うまでもない。本実施形態における情報処理装置 1並びに収納具 2は、 不特定人の手が及ぶような状況の下での利用に好適なものとなっている c とりわけ、ビジネスパーソンが随時立ち寄って利用できるようなレンタルブ ースや、いわゆるインターネットカフェ、漫画喫茶等において好適に利用 し得る。 In addition, it goes without saying that the effects described in the second embodiment can also be obtained. The information processing device 1 and the storage device 2 in the present embodiment are suitable for use in a situation where an unspecified person can reach c. It can be suitably used in rental booths, so-called Internet cafes, manga cafes, etc.
<第 5実施形態〉本実施形態における情報処理装置 3は、ユーザが 利用するワークスペースの総体的なセキュリティを維持することを念頭に 置いて構成されたものである。以下、上記第 1ないし第 4実施形態との 相違点を中心に説明する。 <Fifth Embodiment> The information processing device 3 in the present embodiment is configured with a view to maintaining the overall security of the workspace used by the user. Hereinafter, the description will focus on the differences from the first to fourth embodiments.
本実施形態における情報処理装置 3は、第 23図に示すように、コント ロール装置 4及び少なくとも一つの収納具監護装置 5を主要な要素とす るシステムである。コントロール装置 4は、例えばデスク、椅子等の什器や、 情報表示機能及び情報処理機能を有するコンピュータ 6等が配された ワークスペースに設置されるものである。収納具監護装置 5は、ユーザの 任意に応じて、デスクの引き出し、キャビネット、ワゴン、ロッカーまたはュ 一ザの鞫等の収納具 2に設けられるものである。収納具監護装置 5は、 収納具 2に対し着脱自在であることが好ましい。 As shown in FIG. 23, the information processing device 3 in the present embodiment is a system including a control device 4 and at least one storage device guarding device 5 as main elements. The control device 4 is installed in a work space provided with, for example, furniture such as a desk and a chair, and a computer 6 having an information display function and an information processing function. The storage device guarding device 5 is provided in the storage device 2 such as a drawer of a desk, a cabinet, a wagon, a locker, or a user's lock according to a user's option. It is preferable that the storage device monitoring device 5 is detachable from the storage device 2.
収納具監護装置 5は、例えば、第 24図に示すように、何人かが収納 具 2を操作したことを感知する感知部 5 1と、前記感知部 5 1が何人かに よる操作を感知したときに発報する発報部 52と、前記発報部 52の発報 機能の解除のための操作信号を受信する操作信号受信部 53とを具備 する。本実施形態の収納具監護装置 5は収納具 2内に配置されて使用 されることから、感知部 5 1には収納具 2外より入射する光波を検知する 光センサ 5 aを実装する。即ち、感知部 5 1は、何人かの手によって収納 具 2が開けられた場合に収納具 2内に入射する光波を検知することで、 収納具 2が開けられたことを感知する。但し、感知部 5 1に実装されるセ ンサ素子は光センサ 5 aには限られない。よって、例えば、何人かの操作 によって生じた振動を検知する振動センサ、傾斜を検知する傾斜センサ. あるいは収納具 2の収納空間を閉止する引き出しや戸等に添わせて設 ける感圧センサ(引き出しや戸等が開け閉めされたときに、これら引き出 しゃ戸等から受ける圧力の変化を検知する)、距離センサ(収納具 2の 開成状態と閉止状態とで変化する距離を検知する。例えば、引き出し 内に上向きに配置されたとき、この引き出しが引き出されるとセンサから 天井までの間に物体が存在しなくなる)、その他を採用することが可能で あ 。 For example, as shown in FIG. 24, the storage device A sensing unit 51 for sensing that the tool 2 has been operated, an alerting unit 52 for issuing an alert when the sensing unit 51 senses an operation by several persons, and an alerting function of the alerting unit 52. An operation signal receiving unit 53 that receives an operation signal for canceling the operation is provided. Since the storage device guarding device 5 of the present embodiment is used by being disposed in the storage device 2, an optical sensor 5a for detecting a light wave incident from outside the storage device 2 is mounted on the sensing unit 51. That is, the sensing unit 51 detects that the storage device 2 has been opened by detecting the light wave incident on the storage device 2 when the storage device 2 is opened by several hands. However, the sensor element mounted on the sensing unit 51 is not limited to the optical sensor 5a. Therefore, for example, a vibration sensor that detects vibrations caused by several operations, an inclination sensor that detects inclination, or a pressure-sensitive sensor (a drawer that is attached to a drawer or door that closes the storage space of the storage device 2) When a door or the like is opened and closed, a change in pressure received from the drawer door or the like is detected), and a distance sensor (detects a distance that changes between the opened state and the closed state of the storage device 2. For example, When the drawer is pulled out when it is placed upward in the drawer, there is no longer any object between the sensor and the ceiling), and others.
発報部 52は、何人かによつて収納具 2に操作が加えられたことを通報 する信号を発信する、あるいは、収納具 2を操作した者を威嚇するため の警報を発信する。本実施形態の発報部 5 2は、発報のためのデバイス. 例えば発光して発報する発光デバイス 5 b及ぴ Zまたは音声を出力して 発報する音声出力デバイス 5 cと、上記のデバイス 5b、 5 cを制御する制 御回路 5 dとを実装してなる。これらは、通常、バッテリ駆動されるが、発 報が行われるのは感知部 5 1が収納具 2に対する操作を感知したとき、よ り具体的には感知部 5 1の光センサ 5 aが収納具 2外より入射する光波を 検知したときである。なお、感知部 5 1が収納具 2に対する操作を一旦感 知したら継続的に発報し続けるものとしてもよく、あるいは感知部 5 1の光 センサ 5 aが光波を検知している間のみ発報するものとしてもよい。発報 開始から一定時間発報するものとしても構わない。因みに、感知部 5 1を 太陽電池とすると、収納具 2が開けられたときに入射する光波をエネルギ 一として利用し発報を行うことができる。 The alarm unit 52 transmits a signal notifying that somebody has operated the storage device 2, or transmits an alarm for intimidating a person who has operated the storage device 2. The alarm unit 52 of the present embodiment is a device for alarming. For example, a light emitting device 5b and Z that emits light to emit an alarm or an audio output device 5c that outputs sound and emits an alarm, and A control circuit 5d for controlling the devices 5b and 5c is mounted. These are usually driven by a battery, but the alarm is issued when the sensing unit 51 detects an operation on the storage unit 2, more specifically, when the optical sensor 5 a of the sensing unit 51 is housed. Tool 2 It is when it is detected. Once the sensing unit 51 senses an operation on the storage device 2, the alarm may be continuously issued once, or the alarm may be issued only while the optical sensor 5 a of the sensing unit 51 is detecting a light wave. You may do it. The alarm may be issued for a certain period of time from the start of the alarm. By the way, if the sensing unit 51 is a solar cell, it is possible to use the light wave incident when the storage device 2 is opened as energy to generate an alarm.
操作信号受信部 5 3は、有線または無線にて操作信号を受信する。 操作信号は、コントローノレ装置 4よりもたらされる。本実施形態では、コン トロール装置 4より無線送信される操作信号を受信する機能を有する無 線トランシーバ 5 eが、操作信号受信部 53の役割を担う。無線トランシー バ 5 eは、発報部 52の制御回路 5dと接続している。そして、発報部 52の 制御回路 5 dは、セキュリティ機能を解除する旨の操作信号を操作信号 受信部 53を介して受け取った場合には発報動作を行わず、セキュリティ 機能を解除する旨の操作信号を受け取つていない場合において前記 感知部 5 1を介して何人かによる収納具 2に対する操作を感知したときに のみ発報動作を行うように構成されている。つまり、コントロール装置 4よ り解除のための操作信号が発信され、これを操作信号受信部 5 3で受 信している間は、感知部 5 1が収納具 2に対する操作を検知しても発報 部 52による発報は行われない。但し、操作信号受信部 53が有線通信 インタフェースであり、収納具監護装置 5とコントロール装置 4とが有線接 続している態様を妨げない。 The operation signal receiving section 53 receives an operation signal by wire or wirelessly. The operation signal is provided from the control device 4. In the present embodiment, a radio transceiver 5 e having a function of receiving an operation signal wirelessly transmitted from the control device 4 plays a role of the operation signal receiving unit 53. The wireless transceiver 5e is connected to the control circuit 5d of the alarm unit 52. Then, when the control circuit 5 d of the alarm unit 52 receives an operation signal for canceling the security function via the operation signal receiving unit 53, the control circuit 5 d does not perform the alarm operation but cancels the security function. When an operation signal is not received, the alarming operation is performed only when the operation of the storage device 2 by some persons is detected through the sensing unit 51. That is, an operation signal for canceling is transmitted from the control device 4, and while the operation signal is received by the operation signal receiving unit 53, the operation signal is output even if the sensing unit 51 detects an operation on the storage device 2. No alarm is issued by the reporting unit 52. However, the operation signal receiving unit 53 is a wired communication interface, which does not prevent the storage device guarding device 5 and the control device 4 from being wiredly connected.
第 30図は、収納具監護装置 5において、負荷 Z、即ち制御回路 5 d、 発光デバイス 5b、音声出力デバイス 5c、無線トランシーバ 5e等にバッテ リ Eの電力を供給する回路を示す原理的な回路図である。回路上には 半導体スィッチ(例えば、電界効果トランジスタ、バイポーラトランジスタ、 サイリスタ等) 5hを配置してあり、該半導体スィッチ 5hの ON/OFFを通 じて負荷 Zへの電力供給をコントロールできる。図示例では、 nチャネル MO S FET5hをスィッチとして用いている。受光していないときの光セン サ 5aは、大きな抵抗として作用する。光センサ 5aが受光していない場合、 半導体スィッチたる MOSFET5hのドレイン一ソース間が遮断状態となり、 負荷 Zに印可される電圧が 0となる。そして、光センサ 5 aが受光すると、 光センサ 5aより電流が流れ、 MOS FET5hのゲート一ソース間電圧が増 大してドレイン一ソース間が導通状態となる。その結果、負荷 Zに電圧が 印可される。このように、本実施形態の収納具監護装置 5は、光センサ 5 が光波を検知したときに発報部 52及び操作信号受信部 53に電力を供 給する構成として、省電力化及びバッテリ寿命の延長を図っている。 FIG. 30 is a basic circuit showing a circuit for supplying the power of the battery E to the load Z, that is, the control circuit 5d, the light emitting device 5b, the sound output device 5c, the wireless transceiver 5e, etc. in the storage device monitoring device 5. FIG. Semiconductor switches (eg, field effect transistors, bipolar transistors, Thyristor, etc.) 5h is arranged, and power supply to the load Z can be controlled through ON / OFF of the semiconductor switch 5h. In the illustrated example, the n-channel MOS FET 5h is used as a switch. The optical sensor 5a when not receiving light acts as a large resistance. When the light sensor 5a does not receive light, the drain-source of the MOSFET 5h, which is a semiconductor switch, is cut off, and the voltage applied to the load Z becomes zero. When the light sensor 5a receives light, a current flows from the light sensor 5a, the voltage between the gate and source of the MOS FET 5h increases, and the drain and source are brought into conduction. As a result, a voltage is applied to the load Z. As described above, the storage device guarding device 5 of the present embodiment is configured to supply power to the alarm unit 52 and the operation signal receiving unit 53 when the optical sensor 5 detects a light wave, thereby achieving power saving and battery life. Is being extended.
総じて言えば、感知部 5 1、発報部 52及び操作信号受信部 53を有す る収納具監護装置 5は、正当な権限を有するユーザ以外の者の収納具 2に対する操作を抑止するセキュリティ機能(即ち、不正操作検知及び 発報機能)を実行する第 18図に示す制御手段 1 1として働く。 Generally speaking, the storage device guarding device 5 having the sensing unit 51, the alarm unit 52, and the operation signal receiving unit 53 is a security function that suppresses the operation of the storage device 2 by a person other than a user who has valid authority. (That is, a function for detecting and issuing an unauthorized operation), which functions as the control means 11 shown in FIG.
他方、コントロール装置 4は、例えば、第 25図に示すように、ユーザそ の他の人の存在の有無を検知する人感センサ 4a、収納具監護装置 5と 無線通信を行うための無線トランシーバ 4b、ユーザ等に対して何らかの サインを表示するための表示デバイス 4c (LEDの如き発光デバイスまた はディスプレイ)、ユーザによる操作入力を受け付ける入力デバイス 4 d (典型的には、キー入力デバイス)、コンピュータ 6と有線または無線で接 続するための通信インタフェース 4e、等のハードウェア資源が、制御回 路 4fによって制御されるものである。但し、メモリ 4gに格納されたプログラ ムを解読して上記のハードウェア資源を作動するプロセッサ(図示せず) を実装したものとしてもよい。通常、コントロール装置 4は、外部より電力 の供給を受けて動作するが、通信インタフェースが USB、 IEEE 1 394等 である場合には、通信インタフェース 4eを介してコンピュータ 6より電力供 給を受けることが可能である。また、コントロール装置 4とコンピュータ 6と を電灯線(または、電力線)通信によって通信可能に接続することも考え られる。即ち、コントロール装置 4及びコンピュータ 6が通信インタフヱース 4e、 6gとして電力線モデムを具備しており、電力線モデムを介して電灯 線に接続しているような場合、電灯線より電力供給を受けつつ、 同じ電 灯線を介してコントロール装置 4とコンピュータ 6とが相互に通信可能と る。し力、して、該コントロール装置 4は、制御回路 4fにより上記のハードウ エア資源を利用して、第 1 8図に示すセンサ手段 10、認証手段 1 3、制 御解除手段 14としての機能を発揮する。 On the other hand, for example, as shown in FIG. 25, the control device 4 includes a human sensor 4a for detecting the presence or absence of a user or another person, and a wireless transceiver 4b for performing wireless communication with the storage device monitoring device 5. A display device 4c (a light-emitting device or a display such as an LED) for displaying a sign to a user or the like; an input device 4d (typically a key input device) for receiving an operation input by the user; A hardware resource such as a communication interface 4e for connecting to the terminal by wire or wireless is controlled by a control circuit 4f. However, a processor (not shown) that operates the above hardware resources by decoding the program stored in the memory 4g may be installed. Normally, the control device 4 is When the communication interface is USB, IEEE1394, or the like, power can be supplied from the computer 6 via the communication interface 4e. It is also conceivable to connect the control device 4 and the computer 6 so that they can communicate with each other by power line (or power line) communication. That is, when the control device 4 and the computer 6 have power line modems as the communication interfaces 4e and 6g, and are connected to a power line via the power line modem, the power supply is supplied from the power line and the same power is supplied. The control device 4 and the computer 6 can communicate with each other via the light line. By using the above hardware resources by the control circuit 4f, the control device 4 functions as the sensor means 10, the authentication means 13, and the control release means 14 shown in FIG. Demonstrate.
センサ手段 1 0は、コントロール装置 4が設置されたワークスペースにお ける人の存在の有無を検知する。センサ手段 1 0を介して、ユーザの在 席または離席を感知することが可能である。本実施形態では、上記第 1 実施形態におけるものと同様の人感センサ 4aをセンサ手段 1 0として用 いている。また、上記第 1実施形態において補足説明したように、人感セ ンサ 4aに距離センサ等を組み合わせて用いることを妨げない。 因みに、 コントロール装置 4とコンピュータ 6とが通信可能に接続している場合に おいて、センサ手段 10の出力に関する情報をコンピュータ 6に逐一送信 するものとしても構わない。 The sensor means 10 detects the presence or absence of a person in the workspace where the control device 4 is installed. It is possible to sense the presence or absence of the user via the sensor means 10. In the present embodiment, a human sensor 4a similar to that in the first embodiment is used as the sensor unit 10. Further, as described in the supplementary explanation in the first embodiment, it does not prevent the use of the human sensor 4a in combination with the distance sensor or the like. Incidentally, when the control device 4 and the computer 6 are communicably connected, information on the output of the sensor means 10 may be transmitted to the computer 6 one by one.
認証手段 1 3は、ユーザの離席後に戻ってきた人が正当な権限を有す るユーザであることを認証する。即ち、センサ手段 10として人感センサ 4a を用いる場合、人感センサ 4a自体にはワークスペースに現れた人物がュ 一ザなのかユーザ以外の者なのか判別できないことから、この人物の判 別を認証手段 1 3によるユーザ認証によって行う。ユーザ認証は、例えば、 ワークスペースに復帰した者に対して、正当な権限を有するユーザを識 別するユーザ識別情報の入力を求めるという態様で実施される。正当な 権限を有するユーザに係るユーザ識別情報は、コントロール装置 4若しく はその制御回路 4fに実装されているメモリ 4g等の記憶装置に、またはコ ントロール装置 4と通信可能に接続しているコンピュータ 6のメインメモリ 6 b若しくは補助記憶装置 6 cの所要の記憶領域に(平文で、若しくは暗 号化されて)予め格納されており、認証の際には入力デバイス 4dを介し て入力されたユーザ識別情報と比較される。本実施形態では、ユーザ 識別情報としてパスコードを入力デバイス 4dを介して入力させるものとし ている。但し、ユーザ識別情報がパスコードであるとは限られない。よって、 例えば、ユーザの身体的特徴に基づくバイオメトリックデータをユーザ識 別情報としバイオメトリック認証を行うものとしてもよい。この場合には、バ ィォメトリックデータを入力するために使用される装置を予めコントロール 装置 4に設けておく。認証手段 1 3が、複数の方式を併用して認証を行 うものであっても構わない。 The authentication means 13 authenticates that the person who returns after the user leaves the desk is a user who has valid authority. That is, when the human sensor 4a is used as the sensor means 10, the human sensor 4a itself cannot determine whether the person appearing in the workspace is a user or a person other than the user. This is performed by user authentication by the authentication means 13. User authentication, for example, This is performed in such a manner that a person who has returned to the workspace is required to enter user identification information for identifying a user having valid authority. The user identification information relating to the user having valid authority is stored in the control device 4 or a storage device such as a memory 4g mounted in the control circuit 4f or a computer communicably connected to the control device 4. 6 is stored beforehand (in plain text or in encrypted form) in a required storage area of the main memory 6b or the auxiliary storage device 6c, and a user input via the input device 4d at the time of authentication. It is compared with the identification information. In the present embodiment, a passcode is input via the input device 4d as user identification information. However, the user identification information is not always a passcode. Therefore, for example, biometric data based on a user's physical characteristics may be used as user identification information to perform biometric authentication. In this case, a device used to input the biometric data is provided in the control device 4 in advance. The authentication means 13 may perform authentication using a plurality of methods in combination.
さらに、認証手段 1 3が、何人かの接近を前記人感センサ 4aを介して 感知したときに、当該人に対して正当な権限を有するユーザを識別する ユーザ識別情報の入力を促す指示を与えるとともにその入力を受け付 けるものであることが好ましい。ユーザ識別情報の入力を促す指示は、 画面表示、音声出力その他種々のユーザインタフヱースを介した態様で 与えられる。本実施形態では、表示デバイス 4cを介して当該人の視覚 に訴えかける態様でユーザ識別情報の入力を促すサイン(例えば、 LE Dの発光、明滅等)を出力するとともに、その入力の受け付けを行うもの としている。また、コントロール装置 4が図示しない音声出力デバイスを実 装しているものであるならば、この音声出力デバイスを介してユーザ識別 情報の入力を促す音声を出力させることも可能である。 Further, when the authentication means 13 detects the approach of some people via the human sensor 4a, the authentication means 13 gives an instruction to the person to prompt the user to input user identification information for identifying a user having valid authority. It is also preferable to receive the input. The instruction for prompting the input of the user identification information is given through a screen display, an audio output, or other various user interfaces. In this embodiment, a sign (for example, LED light emission, blinking, etc.) that prompts the user to input user identification information in a manner that appeals to the person's vision via the display device 4c is output, and the input is received. It is assumed. If the control device 4 is equipped with an audio output device (not shown), user identification is performed via this audio output device. It is also possible to output a voice prompting information input.
制御解除手段 14は、前記センサ手段 10がユーザの離席を検知したこ とを条件に制御手段 1 1によって実行開始された所定のセキュリティ機能 を、前記認証手段 1 3による認証が完了した後に解除する。既に述べた ように、本実施形態では、収納具 2に設けられた収納具監護装置 5が該 収納具 2の開閉に係るセキュリティ機能を実行する制御手段 1 1となる。 従って、収納具監護装置 5によって実行開始されたセキュリティ機能を 解除するには、その解除の旨を示す操作信号を収納具監護装置 5に 入力する必要がある。制御解除手段 14は、無線トランシーバ 4bの機能 を利用し、認証手段 1 3によるユーザ認証処理が成功した場合に、セキ ユリティ機能を解除するための操作信号を収納具監護装置 5に向けて 送信する。 The control release means 14 releases the predetermined security function started by the control means 11 on condition that the sensor means 10 detects the absence of the user after the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed. I do. As described above, in the present embodiment, the storage device guarding device 5 provided in the storage device 2 serves as the control unit 11 that executes a security function related to opening and closing of the storage device 2. Therefore, in order to cancel the security function started by the storage device guard device 5, it is necessary to input an operation signal indicating the release to the storage device guard device 5. The control release means 14 uses the function of the wireless transceiver 4b to transmit an operation signal for releasing the security function to the storage device guarding device 5 when the user authentication processing by the authentication means 13 is successful. .
本システムにおけるコントロール装置 4及び収納具監護装置 5が実行 する基本的な処理の手順を、第 26図、第 27図に示すフローチャートを 参照して述べる。第 26図に示すように、ユーザが在席していることを人感 センサ 4aを介して感知しているとき、コントロール装置 4は、収納具監護 装置 5に向けてセキュリティ機能を解除するための操作信号を送信し続 ける(ステップ S 25)。そして、ユーザが席を離れたことを人感センサ 4 aを 介して感知したとき(ステップ S 26 )、セキュリティ機能を解除するための 操作信号の送信を止める(ステップ S 27)ことで、収納具監護装置 5のセ キユリティ機能を起動する。コントロール装置 4は、ユーザが離席した後、 言い換えるならば収納具監護装置 5によるセキュリティ機能が起動して いる状態にあって、何人かが当該情報処理装置 3に接近したことを人感 センサ 4aを介して感知したとき(ステップ S 28 )、当該人に対して正当な 権限を有するユーザを識別するユーザ識別情報の入力を促す指示を与 え(ステップ S 29)、ユーザ識別情報の入力を受け付ける(ステップ S 30) c 既に述べたように、本実施形態では、前記ステップ S 30にあって、表示 デバイス 4cを介して当該人の視覚に訴えかける態様のサインを出力して ユーザ識別情報の入力を促すとともに、入力デバイス 4dを使用したパス コードの入力を受け付ける。前記人によるユーザ識別情報の入力が終 わったら(ステップ S 3 1 )、入力されたユーザ識別情報と予めコントロール 装置 4 (若しくは、コンピュータ 6 )に格納している正当な権限を有するュ 一ザに係るユーザ識別情報とを比較してユーザ認証を行う。ワークスぺ ースに現れた者が正当な権限を有するユーザであることを認証できた場 合には(ステップ S 32 )、収納具監護装置 5によるセキュリティ機能を解 除する。即ち、セキュリティ機能を解除するための操作信号の送信を開 始する(ステップ S 33 )。前記ステップ S 32にあって正当な権限を有する ユーザであることを認 SEできなかった場合には、再度ユーザ識別情報の 入力を促す。 The basic processing procedure executed by the control device 4 and the storage device guarding device 5 in this system will be described with reference to the flowcharts shown in FIGS. 26 and 27. As shown in FIG. 26, when the presence of the user is sensed through the motion sensor 4a, the control device 4 is directed to the storage device guard device 5 to release the security function. Continue transmitting operation signals (step S25). Then, when it is detected through the motion sensor 4a that the user has left the seat (step S26), the transmission of the operation signal for releasing the security function is stopped (step S27), and the storage device is stopped. Activate the security function of the guard device 5. After the user leaves the seat, in other words, the security function of the storage device guard device 5 is activated after the user leaves, and the human sensor 4a detects that some people have approached the information processing device 3. (Step S28), the user is instructed to input user identification information for identifying a user having valid authority. (Step S29), and accept input of user identification information (Step S30). C As described above, in the present embodiment, in Step S30, the person's vision is displayed via the display device 4c. A sign in an appealing manner is output to prompt input of user identification information, and input of a pass code using the input device 4d is received. When the input of the user identification information by the person has been completed (step S31), the input user identification information and a user having valid authority previously stored in the control device 4 (or the computer 6) are sent to the user. The user authentication is performed by comparing the user identification information. If the person appearing in the workspace can be authenticated as a user having valid authority (step S32), the security function of the storage device guarding device 5 is released. That is, transmission of an operation signal for releasing the security function is started (step S33). If it is not possible to confirm in step S32 that the user has the right authority, the user is prompted to input user identification information again.
収納具監護装置 5は、収納具 2の開閉に係るセキュリティ機能を実行 するものであるが、その実行はコントロール装置 4よりもたらされるセキユリ ティ機能を解除する旨の操作信号を受信していない間に限られる。第 2 7図に示すように、収納具監護装置 5における感知部 5 1が収納具 2に 対する操作を感知し、なおかつ操作信号受信部 53がコントロール装置 4よりもたらされる操作信号を受信できないとき(ステップ S 34、ステップ S 35)、発報部 52が発報する(ステップ S 36)。一方で、感知部 5 1が収納 具 2に対する操作を感知しても、操作信号受信部 5 3が操作信号を受 信できる場合には発報動作は行わない。つまり、収納具監護装置 5は、 コントロール装置 4に設けられたセンサ手段 10たる人感センサ 4aがユー ザの離席を検知したことを条件に収納具 2の開閉に係るセキュリティ機 能を実行開始するとともに、コントロール装置 4に設けられた制御解除手 段 14よってその実行が解除される。 The storage device guarding device 5 executes a security function related to opening and closing of the storage device 2, but the execution is performed while an operation signal for canceling the security function provided by the control device 4 is not received. Limited. As shown in FIG. 27, when the sensing unit 51 of the storage device guarding device 5 detects an operation on the storage device 2 and the operation signal receiving unit 53 cannot receive the operation signal provided from the control device 4 ( In step S34, step S35), the alarm unit 52 issues an alarm (step S36). On the other hand, even if the sensing unit 51 senses an operation on the storage 2, if the operation signal receiving unit 53 can receive the operation signal, the alerting operation is not performed. In other words, the storage device guarding device 5 is a security device for opening and closing the storage device 2 on the condition that the sensor means 10 provided in the control device 4 detects the absence of the user. The execution of the function is started, and the execution is canceled by the control cancellation means 14 provided in the control device 4.
続いて、コントロール装置 4と通信可能に接続しているコンピュータ 6に 関して述べる。このコンピュータ 6は、既存のパーソナルコンピュータ、ヮー クステーション、 PDA等の如く、情報を文字、画像、映像またはこれらの 結合として画面に表示し得るものとして、並びに種々の情報処理を実行 し得るものとして構築される。コンピュータ 6は、本システムにおいて必須 の構成要素ではないが、コントロール装置 4と連携して後述する処理を 実行可能である。コンピュータ 6は、例えば、第 28図に示すように、プロセ ッサ 6 a、メインメモリ 6 b、補助記憶装置 6 c、ディスプレイ 6 d、表示制御 装置 6 e、入力装置 6 f等のハードウェア資源に加えて、コントロール装置 4と有線または無線で接続するための通信インタフェース 6 gをも内包す る。通信インタフェース 6gの具体的な態様は、コントロール装置 4と当該 コンピュータ 6との間の接続の態様に応じたものとなる。即ち、コントロー ル装置 4とコンピュータ 6とを有線接続する場合には、 RS— 232C、 US B , IEEE 1 394その他の有線信号インタフェースを採用することができ、コン トロール装置 4とコンピュータ 6とを無線接続する場合には、いわゆる無線 LAN , bluetooth (登録商標)等のデータ通信用トランシーバ、あるいは その他の無線信号伝送デバイスを採用することができる。 Next, the computer 6 communicably connected to the control device 4 will be described. The computer 6 can be used to display information on a screen as characters, images, videos or a combination thereof, such as an existing personal computer, a work station, a PDA, etc., and can execute various information processing. Be built. The computer 6 is not an essential component in the present system, but can execute processing described later in cooperation with the control device 4. For example, as shown in FIG. 28, the computer 6 includes hardware resources such as a processor 6a, a main memory 6b, an auxiliary storage device 6c, a display 6d, a display control device 6e, and an input device 6f. In addition, a communication interface 6 g for connecting to the control device 4 by wire or wirelessly is included. The specific mode of the communication interface 6g depends on the mode of connection between the control device 4 and the computer 6. That is, when the control device 4 and the computer 6 are connected by wire, an RS-232C, USB, IEEE 1394 or other wire signal interface can be adopted, and the control device 4 and the computer 6 are wirelessly connected. In the case of connection, a so-called wireless LAN, a transceiver for data communication such as bluetooth (registered trademark), or another wireless signal transmission device can be employed.
通常、プロセッサ 6 aによって実行されるべきプログラムが補助記憶装置 6cに格納されており、プログラムの実行の際には補助記憶装置 6cからメ インメモリ 6bに読み込まれ、プロセッサ 6 aによって解読される。そして、該 プログラムに従い上記のハードウエア資源を作動して、第 10図に示す制 御手段 1 1、制御起動手段 1 2、制御解除手段 14としての機能を発揮 するようにしている。 制御手段 1 1は、画面に表示している情報を秘匿するための画面処理 を行う機能と、情報処理を実行させるための操作の受け付けを留保する 留保処理を行う機能とを有する。制御手段 1 1は、例えば、既知のスクリ 一ンセ一バモジュールプログラムを用いて構成することができる。 スクリー ンセーバモジュールプログラムを起動することで、現在表示している画面 を秘匿し、かつ操作の受け付けを留保する。因みに、制御手段 1 1による 画面処理の態様の一として、ディスプレイ 6 dの電源をオフにする、言い 換えるならばディスプレイ 6 dを消灯することも考えられる。 Usually, a program to be executed by the processor 6a is stored in the auxiliary storage device 6c. When the program is executed, the program is read from the auxiliary storage device 6c into the main memory 6b and decoded by the processor 6a. Then, the above-mentioned hardware resources are operated in accordance with the program, so that the functions as the control means 11, the control activation means 12, and the control release means 14 shown in FIG. 10 are exerted. The control unit 11 has a function of performing screen processing for concealing information displayed on the screen, and a function of performing reservation processing for retaining reception of an operation for executing information processing. The control means 11 can be configured by using, for example, a known screen module program. By activating the screen saver module program, the currently displayed screen is kept confidential and the acceptance of operations is reserved. Incidentally, as one of the modes of the screen processing by the control means 11, the power of the display 6d may be turned off, in other words, the display 6d may be turned off.
制御起動手段 1 2は、当該コンピュータ 6を現在利用しているユーザが ワークスペースを離れたことをコントロール装置 4が感知したときに、前記 制御手段 1 1によるセキュリティ処理、即ち画面処理及び留保処理を起 動する。本実施形態におけるコントロール装置 4 (の制御回路 4f若しくは プロセッサ)は、人感センサ 4 aを介してユーザの離席を検知した場合に、 その旨を示す情報を通信インタフェース 4 eを介してコンピュータ 6に伝達 する。これを通信インタフェース 6 gを介して受け取ったとき、制御起動手 段 1 2が、制御手段 1 1による制御を起動する。制御起動手段 1 2は、プ ログラムを主体としてなる。 When the control device 4 detects that the user currently using the computer 6 has left the workspace, the control activation means 12 performs the security processing by the control means 11, that is, the screen processing and the reservation processing. to start. When the control device 4 (the control circuit 4f or the processor thereof) in the present embodiment detects the user's leaving via the motion sensor 4a, the control device 4 transmits information indicating the detection to the computer 6 via the communication interface 4e. Communicate to When this is received via the communication interface 6 g, the control activation means 12 activates the control by the control means 11. The control activation means 12 is mainly composed of a program.
制御解除手段 1 4は、正当な権限を有するユーザがワークスペースに 復帰したときに、制御手段 1 1による画面処理、留保処理を解除する。 本実施形態におけるコントロール装置 4 (の制御回路 4f若しくはプロセッ サ)は、ユーザの離席後に戻ってきた者が正当な権限を有するユーザで あることを認証手段 1 3により認証した場合に、その旨を示す情報を通信 インタフェース 4 eを介してコンピュータ 6に伝達する。これを通信インタフ エース 6 gを介して受け取ったとき、制御解除手段 1 4が、スクリーンセー バプログラムに基づくスクリーンセーバ機能を解除することで、情報を表 示している画面を回復し、操作の受け付けを再開する。制御解除手段 1 4もまた、プログラムを主体としてなる。 The control release means 14 releases the screen processing and the reservation processing by the control means 11 when the user having the right authority returns to the workspace. The control device 4 (the control circuit 4f or the processor thereof) in the present embodiment, when the person who returns after the user has left the seat is authenticated by the authentication means 13 to be a user having valid authority, is so notified. Is transmitted to the computer 6 via the communication interface 4e. When this is received via the communication interface 6 g, the control release means 14 displays the information by releasing the screen saver function based on the screen saver program. The screen shown is restored and operation acceptance is resumed. The control release means 14 is also mainly composed of a program.
但し、当該コンピュータ 6に、ユーザ認証を実行する認証手段 1 3を設 けることを妨げない。このときの認証手段 1 3は、前記制御手段 1 1による 画面処理並びに操作の受け付けの留保が起動している状態にあって、 ワークスペースに復帰した者が正当な権限を有するユーザであることを 認証する。この認証は、例えば、ワークスペースに現れた者に対して、正 当な権限を有するユーザを識別するユーザ識別情報の入力を求めると レ、う態様で実施される。正当な権限を有するユーザに係るユーザ識別情 報は、メインメモリ 6b若しくは補助記憶装置 6 cの所要の記憶領域に、ま たは当該コンピュータ 6と通信可能に接続している所定の情報処理端 末(図示せず)のメインメモリ若しくは補助記憶装置の所要の記憶領域 に(平文で、若しくは暗号化されて)予め格納されており、認証の際には 入力装置 6 fを介して入力されたユーザ識別情報と比較される。さらに、 コントロール装置 4に実装されたセンサ手段 10の出力に関する情報がコ ントロール装置 4よりもたらされるように構成してあるならば、コンピュータ 6 における認証手段 1 3が、前記制御手段 1 1による画面処理並びに留保 処理が起動している状態にあって何人かの接近を前記センサ手段 10を 介して感知したときに、当該人に対してユーザ識別情報の入力を促す 指示を与えることができる。ユーザ識別情報の入力を促す指示は、画面 表示、音声出力その他種々のユーザインタフェースを介した態様で与え られる。例えば、ディスプレイ 6 d上にユーザ識別情報の入力を要求する ダイアログ Dを表示するとともに、その入力を受け付けることができる。 コントロール装置 4及びコンピュータ 6のそれぞれに認証手段 1 3が設け られ、各々がユーザ認証を行い得る場合、収納具 2に係るセキュリティ機 能の解除はコントロール装置 4側の認証手段 1 3を使用して行レ、、コンビ ユータ 6に係るセキュリティ機能(画面処理、留保処理)の解除はコンビュ ータ 6側の認証手段 1 3を使用して行うものとすることができる。あるいは、 何れかの一方の側の認証手段 1 3を使用してユーザ認証が行われたとき に、両者のセキュリティ機能を解除するものとしても構わない。コントロー ル装置 4及びコンピュータ 6は、通信インタフェース 4 e、 6gを介してユー ザ認証の成否に関する情報を互いに融通することが可能である。さらに、 コンピュータ 6側に認証手段 1 3を設けている場合には、コントロール装置 4側に必ずしも認証手段 1 3を設けておく必要がない(また、コントロール 装置 4に入力デバイス 4dを実装しておく必要がない)。この場合には、収 納具監護装置 5によるセキュリティ機能の解除のために、コンピュータ 6を 使用してユーザ認証を行うこととなる。コンピュータ 6側の認証手段 1 3に おいてユーザ認証が成功した場合、その旨を示す情報がコントロール装 置 4側に送信され、これを受け取ったコントロール装置 4 (の制御回路 4f 若しくはプロセッサ)が収納具監護装置 5に向けて解除のための操作信 号を送信する。いわば、コントロール装置 4とコンピュータ 6とが協働して、 特許請求の範囲第 1項に記載の「情報処理装置」または特許請求の範 囲第 1 1項に記載の「コントロール装置」として成立することとなる。 However, it does not prevent the computer 6 from being provided with an authentication means 13 for executing user authentication. At this time, the authentication means 13 confirms that the person who has returned to the workspace is a user having valid authority in a state in which the screen processing and reservation of operation acceptance by the control means 11 are activated. Authenticate. This authentication is performed, for example, when a person who appears in the workspace is requested to input user identification information for identifying a user having valid authority. User identification information relating to a user having valid authority is stored in a required storage area of the main memory 6b or the auxiliary storage device 6c, or a predetermined information processing terminal communicably connected to the computer 6. (Not shown) is pre-stored (in plain text or encrypted) in a required storage area of a main memory or an auxiliary storage device, and a user input via the input device 6f at the time of authentication. It is compared with the identification information. Furthermore, if the information relating to the output of the sensor means 10 mounted on the control device 4 is configured to be provided from the control device 4, the authentication means 13 in the computer 6 performs the screen processing by the control means 11. In addition, when the reservation process is activated, when an approach of some persons is detected through the sensor means 10, an instruction to input user identification information can be given to the persons. The instruction to input the user identification information is given through a screen display, an audio output, or other various user interfaces. For example, a dialog D requesting input of user identification information is displayed on the display 6d, and the input can be accepted. An authentication means 13 is provided in each of the control device 4 and the computer 6, and when each can perform user authentication, the security device related to the storage device 2 is provided. Use the authentication means 13 on the control device 4 to release the function, and use the authentication means 13 on the computer 6 to release the security functions (screen processing and reservation processing) related to the computer 6. Can be performed. Alternatively, when user authentication is performed using the authentication means 13 on either side, the security functions of both may be released. The control device 4 and the computer 6 can mutually exchange information on the success or failure of the user authentication via the communication interfaces 4 e and 6 g. Furthermore, when the authentication means 13 is provided on the computer 6 side, it is not always necessary to provide the authentication means 13 on the control device 4 side (in addition, the input device 4d is mounted on the control device 4). No need). In this case, the user is authenticated using the computer 6 in order to release the security function by the storage device guard device 5. If the authentication means 13 of the computer 6 succeeds in the user authentication, information indicating this is transmitted to the control device 4, and the control device 4 (the control circuit 4f or the processor) receiving the information is stored. An operation signal for release is transmitted to the equipment guard device 5. In other words, the control device 4 and the computer 6 cooperate to form an “information processing device” according to claim 1 or a “control device” according to claim 11. It will be.
本実施形態の収納具監護装置 5及ぴコントロール装置 4の利用形態 を、第 23図、第 3 1図及び第 32図に示す。第 23図は、収納具監護装 置 5、 コントロール装置 4及びコンピュータ 6を組み合わせて用いる基本 的な形態である。正当な権限を有するユーザを認証する手続きを踏まず に収納具 2を操作すると発報する。並びに、正当な権限を有するユーザ 以外の者によるコンピュータ 6へのアクセスを不能とする。つまり、収納具 2のセキュリティ、コンピュータ 6のセキュリティを同時に保護する。第 31図 は、収納具監護装置 5を除いた形態である。この形態では、コンピュータ 6のセキュリティのみを保護する。収納具 2に貴重品や秘密文書等を保 管していない場合、または収納具 2自体が存在しない場合には、第 3 1 図の形態で利用すればよい。また、第 32図は、収納具監護装置 5のみ を用いる形態である。この形態では、正当な権限を有するユーザである か否かを問わず、収納具 2を操作すると必ず発報する。このように、収納 具監護装置 5のみを用いて収納具 2のセキュリティを簡易に保護すること も可能である。 23, 31 and 32 show usages of the storage device guarding device 5 and the control device 4 according to the present embodiment. FIG. 23 shows a basic form in which the storage device guarding device 5, the control device 4, and the computer 6 are used in combination. A warning is issued when the storage device 2 is operated without performing the procedure for authenticating a user having valid authority. In addition, access to the computer 6 by a person other than a user having valid authority is prohibited. That is, the security of the storage device 2 and the security of the computer 6 are simultaneously protected. Fig. 31 Is a form excluding the storage device guarding device 5. In this mode, only the security of the computer 6 is protected. If valuables or confidential documents are not stored in the storage device 2, or if the storage device 2 itself does not exist, it may be used in the form shown in FIG. FIG. 32 shows an embodiment in which only the storage device guard device 5 is used. In this mode, the alarm is always issued when the storage device 2 is operated, regardless of whether the user has the right authority. In this manner, the security of the storage device 2 can be easily protected using only the storage device monitoring device 5.
ここからは、収納具監護装置 5に関する補足説明を行う。所定のワーク スペース内には、複数個の収納具監護装置 5が存在することがある。こ れら複数個の収納具監護装置 5がある特定のユーザまたはユーザダル ープによって使用されている場合、各々の収納具監護装置 5とコントロー ル装置 4との間の無線伝送路を必ずしも区別する必要はない。とりわけ、 全ての収納具監護装置 5のセキュリティ機能を一斉に解除して構わない のであれば、コントロール装置 4から各収納具監護装置 5に向けて送信 される操作信号を共通化できる。しかしながら、一部の収納具監護装置 5のみのセキュリティを解除できるようにするのであれば、各収納具監護 装置 5とコントロール装置 4との間の通信に別個のチャネルを割り当てる 必要がある。所定のワークスペース内に複数のコントロール装置 4が存在 し、各コントロール装置 4に对応づけられた収納具監護装置 5が存在す る場合についても同様である。収納具監護装置 5及びコントロール装置 4に実装された無線トランシーバが使用する多重化方式は特に限定され ないが、各収納具監護装置 5とコントロール装置 4との間の無線伝送路 に(別個のチャネルを割り当てるべく)識別子を付与する必要がある。上 記の識別子は、コントロール装置 4及び収納具監護装置 5にそれぞれ記 憶される。例えば、収納具監護装置 5に実装されたディップスィッチ 7を 操作してこの収納具監護装置 5に付与すべき識別子(特に、数桁の番 号)を決定し、かつ同じ識別子を入力デバイス 4dを介してコントロール装 置 4に入力して、コントロール装置 4に実装されたメモリ 4gに記憶させる。 以下、具体例を挙げて述べる。本例における収納具監護装置 5は、第 3 3図に示すように、光センサ 5 a、制御回路 5 d、発光デバイス 5 b、音声 出力デバイス 5 c、無線トランシーバ 5 e等のハードウェア資源が実装され た回路基板 5 iをカバー 9で被覆してなるもので、ディップスィッチ 7もまた 回路基板 5 i上に取り付けられる。光センサ 5 a、発光デバイス 5 bは、少な くとも一部を外部に露出させている。ディップスィッチ 7は制御回路 5 dま たは無線トランシーバ 5 eに結線されており、ディップスィッチ 7によって設 定されるパラメータはこれら制御回路 5 dまたは無線トランシーバ 5 eに参 照される。例えば、コントロール装置 4より発信され無線トランシーバ 5 eで 受信される操作信号に無線伝送路を識別する識別子(これは、操作信 号の宛先となる収納具監護装置 5を識別する識別子である)が含まれて いる場合にあって、制御回路 5 dまたは無線トランシーバ 5 eが、操作信 号に含まれる識別子とディップスィッチ 7で設定されたパラメータとを比較 して、この操作信号を受理するか無視するかを判断する。つまり、コント口 ール装置 4と収納具監護装置 5とを対応付けするための識別子を、ディ ップスィッチ 7で設定するものとしている。 From here on, a supplementary explanation regarding the storage device guarding device 5 will be given. A plurality of storage device guard devices 5 may exist in a given workspace. If more than one of these enclosure guards 5 is used by a particular user or user group, the wireless transmission path between each enclosure guard 5 and control unit 4 must be distinguished. No need. In particular, if the security functions of all the storage device guards 5 can be simultaneously released, the operation signal transmitted from the control device 4 to each storage device guard 5 can be shared. However, if the security of only some of the storage device guards 5 can be released, it is necessary to allocate a separate channel for communication between each storage device guard 5 and the control device 4. The same applies to a case where a plurality of control devices 4 exist in a predetermined workspace and a storage device guarding device 5 associated with each control device 4 exists. The multiplexing method used by the radio transceivers mounted on the storage device guard device 5 and the control device 4 is not particularly limited. Need to be assigned). The above identifiers are written on the control device 4 and the storage device guard device 5, respectively. Remembered. For example, by operating the dip switch 7 mounted on the storage device guarding device 5, an identifier (particularly a number of several digits) to be assigned to the storage device guarding device 5 is determined, and the same identifier is input to the input device 4d. Input to the control device 4 via the control device 4 and store it in the memory 4g mounted on the control device 4. Hereinafter, a specific example will be described. As shown in FIG. 33, the storage device guarding device 5 in this example has hardware resources such as an optical sensor 5a, a control circuit 5d, a light emitting device 5b, a voice output device 5c, and a wireless transceiver 5e. The mounted circuit board 5i is covered with a cover 9, and the dip switch 7 is also mounted on the circuit board 5i. At least a part of the optical sensor 5a and the light emitting device 5b is exposed to the outside. The dip switch 7 is connected to the control circuit 5d or the wireless transceiver 5e, and the parameters set by the dip switch 7 are referred to the control circuit 5d or the wireless transceiver 5e. For example, the operation signal transmitted from the control device 4 and received by the wireless transceiver 5e includes an identifier for identifying the wireless transmission path (this is an identifier for identifying the storage device monitoring device 5 to which the operation signal is transmitted). If it is included, the control circuit 5d or the wireless transceiver 5e compares the identifier included in the operation signal with the parameter set by the dip switch 7, and accepts or ignores the operation signal. Judge whether to do. That is, the identifier for associating the control device 4 with the storage device guard device 5 is set by the dip switch 7.
収納具監護装置 5のカバー 9には、設定キー 8を挿通することができる 開口 9 1を形成してある。設定キー 8は、ある所定の識別子を一若しくは 複数の収納具監護装置 5に付与するために、即ち、所定のパラメータを 収納具監護装置 5に実装されたディップスィッチ 7に設定するために使 用されるものである。設定キー 8を開口 9 1より挿入し、その先端部をディ ップスィッチ 7の操作部 71に係合させることで、該設定キー 8により規定 されるパラメータをディップスィッチ 7に設定することができる。 An opening 91 through which the setting key 8 can be inserted is formed in the cover 9 of the storage device guarding device 5. The setting key 8 is used to assign a predetermined identifier to one or a plurality of storage device guard devices 5, that is, to set predetermined parameters on the dip switch 7 mounted on the storage device guard device 5. Is what is done. Insert setting key 8 through opening 9 1 The parameter specified by the setting key 8 can be set to the dip switch 7 by engaging with the operation unit 71 of the switch 7.
詳述すると、図示例のディップスィッチ 7は、スライド移動する複数の操 作部 71を有するスライドディップスィッチ 7である。第 33図、第 34図に示 すように、ディップスィッチ 7は、カバー 9に形成された開口 91に臨むよう に設けており、その各操作部 71が開口 91より挿入される設定キー 8の 挿入方向に略沿って変位する向きに配置してある。配列された各操作 部 71は、開口 91に近い側、開口 91より遠い側の二位置の何れかに位 置づけることが可能である。個々の操作部 71には HIZLOの 2値の何れ かを設定でき、ディップスィッチ 7全体では操作部 71の数に等しいビット 数のパラメータを設定できる。なお、全ての操作部 71は、初期状態(例 えば、出荷時)において、予め開口 91に近い側に位置づけられている。 そして、開口 91より挿入された設定キー 8と係合し、開口 91より遠ざかる 方向に変位する。 More specifically, the dip switch 7 in the illustrated example is a slide dip switch 7 having a plurality of operation units 71 that slide. As shown in FIGS. 33 and 34, the dip switch 7 is provided so as to face an opening 91 formed in the cover 9, and each operation section 71 of the dip switch 7 is provided with a setting key 8 inserted through the opening 91. They are arranged so as to be displaced substantially along the insertion direction. Each of the arranged operation units 71 can be positioned at one of two positions on the side closer to the opening 91 and on the side farther from the opening 91. One of two values of HIZLO can be set for each operation unit 71, and a parameter having the same number of bits as the number of operation units 71 can be set for the entire dip switch 7. Note that all the operation units 71 are previously positioned on the side close to the opening 91 in an initial state (for example, at the time of shipment). Then, it engages with the setting key 8 inserted from the opening 91, and is displaced in a direction away from the opening 91.
設定キー 8は、例えば樹脂製の薄い板状体であり、その先端部には係 合縁 81と退避溝 82とを成形してある。係合縁 81は、設定キー 8を開口 91より挿入したときに操作部 71と係合してこれを所要の位置に変位さ せるものであり、ディップスィッチ 7が有する複数の操作部 71のうち操作 すべき対象となる操作部 71に対応する部位に設けられる。退避溝 82は、 設定キー 8を挿入したときに操作部 71との干渉を回避して操作部 71を 変位させないようにするものであり、複数の操作部 71のうち操作すべき 対象とならない操作部 71に対応する部位に設けられる。退避溝 82の奥 行方向(設定キー 8の挿入方向に平行な方向)の寸法は、スィッチにお ける操作部 71のストロークの大きさに匹敵するかこれを上回る。図示例 では、設定キー 8の表裏を貫通しない有底溝としてあるが、設定キー 8の 表裏を貫通しているものとしても構わない。 The setting key 8 is, for example, a thin plate made of resin, and has an engaging edge 81 and a retreat groove 82 formed at the tip thereof. The engagement rim 81 engages with the operating portion 71 when the setting key 8 is inserted through the opening 91 and displaces the operating portion 71 to a required position. It is provided at a site corresponding to the operation unit 71 to be operated. The evacuation groove 82 prevents interference with the operation unit 71 when the setting key 8 is inserted so that the operation unit 71 is not displaced. It is provided in a portion corresponding to the part 71. The dimension of the evacuation groove 82 in the depth direction (the direction parallel to the insertion direction of the setting key 8) is equal to or larger than the stroke of the operation unit 71 in the switch. In the example shown in the drawing, the groove is a bottomed groove that does not penetrate the front and back of the setting key 8. It does not matter if it penetrates both sides.
収納具監護装置 5の使用を開始するにあたり、ディップスィッチ 7にパ ラメ一タを設定しょうとするユーザは、設定キー 8の基端部を把持してこれ を開口 9 1よりカバー 9内に挿入する。すると、先端部に設けられた係合 縁 8 1がー若しくは複数の操作部 7 1に当たって接する。そして、そのまま 奥方へ押し込むことで、係合縁 8 1と係わり合う操作部 71が操作カを受 けて開口 9 1より遠ざかる方向に変位する。一方で、退避溝 82内に入り 込んだ操作部 7 1については、依然としてその位置を変化させることはな レ、。 この状態を、第 35図ないし第 3 7図に示している。しかる後、設定キ 一 8を開口 9 1より抜出して、パラメータの設定作業が完了する。複数の 収納具監護装置 5に同一のパラメータを設定しょうとする場合には、それ ら収納具監護装置 5の各々に対し上記の作業を実施すればよいことは 言うまでもない。 To start using the storage device guard device 5, a user who wants to set parameters on the dip switch 7 grasps the base end of the setting key 8 and inserts it into the cover 9 through the opening 9 1. I do. Then, the engaging edge 81 provided at the distal end portion comes into contact with or contacts a plurality of operating portions 71. Then, by being pushed inward as it is, the operating portion 71 associated with the engaging edge 81 receives the operating force and is displaced away from the opening 91. On the other hand, the position of the operation unit 71 that has entered the evacuation groove 82 cannot be changed. This state is shown in FIGS. 35 to 37. Thereafter, the setting key 8 is pulled out of the opening 91 to complete the parameter setting work. When the same parameter is to be set for a plurality of storage device protection devices 5, it goes without saying that the above-described operation may be performed for each of the storage device protection devices 5.
因みに、図示例では、カバー 9に形成した開口 91の周縁とディップスィ ツチ 7との間に、設定キー 8を案内するためのガイド部材 92を設けている。 ガイド部材 92には、その表面より一対の突条 93を突出させてある。対を なす突条 9 3の離間距離は、設定キー 8の幅方向(挿入方向に対し垂 直な方向)の寸法に略等しい。しかして、設定キー 8の両側を各突条 93 に対し摺動させるようにして(さらには、設定キー 8の表面をガイド部材 92 の表面に対し摺動させるようにして)、設定キー 8の先端部をディップスィ ツチ 7の操作部 7 1に向けて適切に進入させ得るようにしている。また、開 口 91より挿入した設定キー 8が奥方に進みすぎ、退避溝 82内に入り込 んだ操作部 7 1までもが操作されてしまうことがないように、ある位置で設 定キー 8のそれ以上の進入を抑止するストッパー 94を設けておくことも好 ましい。 W Incidentally, in the illustrated example, a guide member 92 for guiding the setting key 8 is provided between the periphery of the opening 91 formed in the cover 9 and the dip switch 7. The guide member 92 has a pair of ridges 93 projecting from the surface thereof. The distance between the pair of ridges 93 is substantially equal to the dimension of the setting key 8 in the width direction (the direction perpendicular to the insertion direction). Then, both sides of the setting key 8 are slid with respect to the respective ridges 93 (further, the surface of the setting key 8 is slid with respect to the surface of the guide member 92). The distal end portion can be appropriately entered toward the operation portion 71 of the dip switch 7. In addition, the setting key 8 is inserted at a certain position so that the setting key 8 inserted from the opening 91 does not advance too far and the operation unit 7 1 that has entered the evacuation groove 82 is not operated. It is also preferable to provide a stopper 94 to prevent further entry of the vehicle. W
50 50
既にパラメータの設定が行われているスィッチ 7に別のパラメータを再設 定する場合や、スィッチ 7を初期状態に戻したい場合、設定キー 8を紛 失してしまった場合等においては、カバー 9を開けて、または取り外して、 操作部 7 1を直接に操作すればよい。 If you want to reset another parameter to switch 7 where parameters have already been set, if you want to return switch 7 to the initial state, or if you have lost the setting key 8, It is sufficient to open or remove the, and directly operate the operation unit 71.
5 さらに、収納具監護装置 5に設けたものと同様のディップスィッチ(図示 せず)、開口(図示せず)をコントロール装置 4に設けてもよい。そうすれば. 収納具監護装置 5に対して適用した設定キー 8をコントロール装置 4にも 適用して、両者に同一のパラメータ、即ち両者を対応づける識別子を設 定することができる。 5 Further, a dip switch (not shown) and an opening (not shown) similar to those provided in the storage device monitoring device 5 may be provided in the control device 4. Then, by applying the setting key 8 applied to the storage device guarding device 5 also to the control device 4, it is possible to set the same parameter for both, that is, an identifier for associating the two.
10 以上に述べたように、複数の操作部 7 1を有し各操作部 7 1が個別に 操作される機械的なスィッチ 7と、前記スィッチ 7を外部より遮蔽するカバ 一 9と、前記カバー 9に形成した開口 9 1と、前記開口 9 1より挿入して先 端部を前記スィッチの操作部 7 1に係合させ得る設定キー 8とを具備して なるスィッチ設定機構であって、前記設定キー 8の先端部における、操 10 As described above, a mechanical switch 7 having a plurality of operation units 71 and each operation unit 71 is individually operated; a cover 9 for shielding the switch 7 from the outside; and the cover 9.A switch setting mechanism comprising: an opening 91 formed in an opening 9; and a setting key 8 that can be inserted through the opening 91 and engage a front end with an operating portion 71 of the switch. Operation at the tip of the setting key 8
15 作すべき操作部 7 1に対応する部位に、該操作部 7 1と係合してこれを 所要の位置に変位させる係合縁 8 1を設け、かつ、操作すべきでない操 作部 7 1に対応する部位に、該操作部 7 1との干渉を避けるための退避 溝 82を設けて、ユーザが設定キー 8を開口 9 1より挿入することで複数の 操作部 7 1 (の位置)を一括に設定可能としたことを特徴とするスィッチ設15 At an area corresponding to the operating section 71 to be operated, an engaging edge 81 for engaging the operating section 71 and displacing the operating section 71 to a required position is provided, and the operating section 7 which should not be operated is provided. A retracting groove 82 for avoiding interference with the operation unit 71 is provided at a position corresponding to the operation unit 71, and the user inserts the setting key 8 through the opening 91 so that a plurality of operation units 7 1 (positions) are provided. Switch setting characterized by being able to set all at once
20 定機構を構成しているため、スィッチ 7にパラメータを設定する作業を簡 便に実行でき、スィッチ 7の各操作部 7 1を逐一操作することと比較して 負担が軽微となる。このことは特に、複数の設定対象機器(収納具監護 装置 5及び またはコントロール装置 4 )にそれぞれ同一の識別子を設 定する場合等の、複数個のディップスィッチ 7を同一状態に設定する作Since the setting mechanism is configured, the operation of setting the parameters on the switch 7 can be easily performed, and the burden is lighter than operating each operation unit 71 of the switch 7 one by one. This is particularly the case when the same identifier is set for each of a plurality of devices to be set (storage device guarding device 5 and / or control device 4).
25 業において効果を発揮する。即ち、同じ設定キー 8を使用して複数のス イッチ 7を速やかに同一状態に設定することが可能である。加えて、スィ ツチ 7をカバー 9で防護できるため、スィッチの操作部 7 1が誤操作される 心配がない。 Effective in 25 industries. That is, using the same setting key 8 Switch 7 can be quickly set to the same state. In addition, since the switch 7 can be protected by the cover 9, there is no fear that the switch operation unit 71 is erroneously operated.
なお、第 33図ないし第 37図に示した例では、複数の操作部 71を有す る一個のディップスィッチデバイス 7がここに言う「機械的なスィッチ」に該 当する。但し、 (それぞれが少なくとも一の操作部を有する)複数個のスィ ツチデバイスを組み合わせてここに言う「機械的なスィッチ」を構成するこ とを妨げない。また、スィッチは、操作部 7 1がスライド移動するスライドスィ ツチには限られない。よって、例えば、操作部が揺動するレバースィッチ やトグルスイッチ、操作部が突没するプッシュスィッチ等を採用することも 可能である。 In the example shown in FIGS. 33 to 37, one dip switch device 7 having a plurality of operation units 71 corresponds to the “mechanical switch” referred to herein. However, it does not prevent the combination of a plurality of switch devices (each having at least one operation unit) to constitute the “mechanical switch” referred to herein. Further, the switch is not limited to a slide switch on which the operation unit 71 slides. Therefore, for example, a lever switch or a toggle switch in which the operation unit swings, a push switch in which the operation unit protrudes and retracts, or the like can be employed.
また、図示例のディップスィッチ 7では、各操作部 7 1は開口 9 1に近い 側、開口 9 1より遠い側の二位置の何れかに位置づけられるため、設定 キー 8の係合縁 8 1に押されて変位する操作部 7 1は必ず開口 9 1より遠 い側の位置にまでスライドする。従って、設定キー 8に設けられ、操作す べき個々の操作部 7 1に对応する係合縁 8 1は、設定キー 8の幅方向に 一列に揃うこととなる。しかしながら、操作部 71を三以上の位置に設定し 得るようなスィッチ(つまり、各操作部 7 1により設定される値のバリエーシ ヨンが 3以上)を採用することも可能である。このような場合には、第 38図 に示すように、設定キー 8に設けられる係合縁 8 1が、対応する各操作部 7 1毎の設定位置(各操作部 7 1により設定されるパラメータ)に応じて、 設定キー 8の挿入方向に沿って互いに相異なる部位にずれていることが あり得る。 In the illustrated example of the dip switch 7, each operating portion 71 is located at one of two positions, one on the side near the opening 91 and the other on the side farther from the opening 91, so that the operating portion 71 The operation unit 71 that is pushed and displaced always slides to a position farther than the opening 91. Therefore, the engaging edges 81 provided on the setting key 8 and corresponding to the individual operating portions 71 to be operated are aligned in a line in the width direction of the setting key 8. However, it is also possible to adopt a switch that allows the operation section 71 to be set at three or more positions (that is, the variation of the value set by each operation section 71 is three or more). In such a case, as shown in FIG. 38, the engagement edge 81 provided on the setting key 8 is set at the corresponding position of each operation section 71 (the parameter set by each operation section 71). ) May be shifted to different parts along the insertion direction of the setting key 8.
これにより、各収納具監護装置 5とコントロール装置 4との間の伝送路 の多重化が可能となる。特に、別個のユーザが使用する複数のコント口 ール装置 4と該コントロール装置 4に対応づけられている収納具監護装 置 5との間の操作信号の授受が混信することなく適切に行われるものと なる。即ち、複数のユーザが使用する収納具監護装置 5がワークスぺー ス内に混在している状況下で、あるユーザが自身の使用するコントロー ル装置 4を介してユーザ認証を行ったときに、当該ユーザに利用されて いる収納具監護装置 5に対してのみ操作信号がもたらされ、そのセキユリ ティ機能が解除される。他のユーザに利用されている収納具監護装置 5 は、依然としてセキュリティ機能を保持し続ける。このように、複数ユーザ が共用するワークスペースにおいて、各ユーザ毎にセキュリティを担保す ることが可能となる。さらに、コントロール装置 4に、各収納具監護装置 5 に付与した識別子と、ユーザ識別情報とを関連づけて記憶させておくこ ともできる。これにより、コントロール装置 4が、認証手段 1 3によるユーザ 認証の後、認証したユーザに関連する収納具監護装置 5を選択的に解 除できるようになる。 This makes it possible to multiplex a transmission path between each storage device guarding device 5 and the control device 4. In particular, multiple controls used by different users The transmission and reception of operation signals between the control device 4 and the storage device guarding device 5 associated with the control device 4 are appropriately performed without interference. That is, in a situation where the storage device guarding device 5 used by a plurality of users is mixed in the workspace, when a certain user performs user authentication through the control device 4 used by the user, the user authentication is performed. An operation signal is applied only to the storage device guard device 5 used by the user, and the security function is released. The storage device guard device 5 used by other users still retains the security function. Thus, in a workspace shared by a plurality of users, security can be ensured for each user. Furthermore, the identifier assigned to each storage device guard device 5 and the user identification information can be stored in the control device 4 in association with each other. This allows the control device 4 to selectively release the storage device guarding device 5 associated with the authenticated user after the user authentication by the authentication means 13.
収納具監護装置 5は、その外観を他の物品に似せた形に成形するか、 他の物品としての機能を付帯させたものとすることが好ましい。特に、収 納具 2内に納められていても不自然ではない物品、即ちステーショナリゃ 収納具 2とともに用いられる物品に似せた形に成形するか、あるいはこの ような物品に制御手段 1 1としての機能を設けることが好ましい。例示す ると、書類を収めるファイルやボックス、筆記用具その他の文房具、収納 具 2の収納空間を仕切る間仕切り、等の形状に似せてその外観を成形 するか、あるいはこれらの物品に感知部 5 1、発報部 52及び操作信号受 信部 53の要素となる各種デバイスを実装して収納具監護装置 5を構成 する。この結果、例えば不正行為を行う者が収納具 2内に備えられた収 納具監護装置 5を発見しにくくなるという偽装の効果や、平時において ユーザが収納具監護装置 5をファイル、ボックスその他の物品として使用 できるという実用面での効果を奏し得る。第 33図に示した例では、例え ば樹脂製のカバー 9により、収納具監護装置 5の外形をファイルフォルダ に似せて形作っている。 It is preferable that the storage device guarding device 5 is formed so that its appearance resembles that of another article, or has a function as another article. In particular, articles that are not unnatural even when stored in the storage device 2, that is, molded into a shape resembling the product used with the stationary storage device 2, or such an item is used as control means 11. It is preferable to provide a function. For example, the appearance may be shaped to resemble the shape of a file or box for storing documents, writing utensils or other stationery, a partition that partitions the storage space of the storage device 2, etc. The storage device guarding device 5 is configured by mounting various devices that are elements of the alarm unit 52 and the operation signal receiving unit 53. As a result, for example, it becomes difficult for a person who commits wrongdoing to find the storage device guard device 5 provided in the storage device 2, This has a practical effect that the user can use the storage device guarding device 5 as a file, box, or other article. In the example shown in FIG. 33, for example, the outer shape of the storage device guarding device 5 is formed by a resin cover 9 so as to resemble a file folder.
制御手段 1 1たる収納具監護装置 5が実行するセキュリティ機能は、コ ントロール装置 4よりもたらされる解除のための操作信号を受信している 間のみ解除される。つまり、ユーザが在席している間、コントロール装置 4 が解除のための操作信号を継続的に発信し続ける。だが、別の態様とし て、コントロール装置 4が、ユーザの離席を検知したときに収納具監護装 置 5のセキュリティ機能を起動するための操作信号を送信し、かつ、正当 な権限を有するユーザが復帰したことを認証できたときに収納具監護装 置 5のセキュリティ機能を解除するための操作信号を送信するものとする こともできる。この場合の収納具監護装置 5は、起動のための操作信号 を受信したときにセキュリティ機能の実行を開始し、セキュリティ機能を実 行している状態で解除のための操作信号を受信したときにセキュリティ 機能を停止する。現在セキュリティ機能を実行すべき状態(ユーザが離 席している状態)にあるのかその機能を停止すべき状態(ユーザが在席 している状態)にあるのかについての情報は、収納具監護装置 5 (に実 装された図示しないメモリ)に保持される。つまり、何れかの操作信号を 操作信号受信部 53で受信したときに、その操作信号の内容に応じて保 持している状態を切り替える。発報部 52の制御回路は、感知部 51が収 納具 2に対する操作を感知し、なおかつ前記メモリを参照して現在の状 態がセキュリティ機能を実行すべき状態であるときに、発報動作を実行 する。 Control means 11 The security function executed by the storage device guard device 5 is released only while receiving an operation signal for release provided by the control device 4. That is, while the user is present, the control device 4 continuously transmits an operation signal for cancellation. However, as another mode, the control device 4 transmits an operation signal for activating the security function of the storage device guarding device 5 when detecting the absence of the user, and the user having the legitimate authority. An operation signal for canceling the security function of the storage device guard device 5 can be transmitted when it can be authenticated that the device has returned. In this case, the storage device guard device 5 starts executing the security function when receiving the operation signal for activation, and when receiving the operation signal for canceling while the security function is being executed. Stop the security function. Information on whether the security function is currently to be executed (when the user is away) or the function is to be stopped (when the user is present) is stored in the storage device. 5 (memory not shown). That is, when any one of the operation signals is received by the operation signal receiving unit 53, the held state is switched according to the content of the operation signal. The control circuit of the alerting unit 52 performs an alerting operation when the sensing unit 51 senses an operation on the storage bin 2 and the current state is a state in which the security function should be executed with reference to the memory. Execute
発報部 52を、収納具監護装置 5側でなくコントロール装置 4側に設け ることも可能である。コントロール装置 4に設けられた発報部は、ユーザの 離席をセンサ手段 10で検知してから正当な権限を有するユーザの復帰 を認証手段 1 3で認証するまでの間、発報可能な状態におかれる。しか して、収納具監護装置 5は、感知部 5 1を介して収納具 2に対する操作 を感知したとき、無線トランシーバ 5 eの機能を利用してその旨を示す情 報を送信する。コントロール装置 4の発報部は、収納具監護装置 5より 発信された情報を受信したとき、発光、音声出力その他の態様にて発 報を実行する。この場合には、収納具監護装置 5及びコントロール装置 4が協働して、セキュリティ機能を実行する制御手段 1 1として成立する。 上述の制御手段 1 1たる収納具監護装置 5は、何人かによる収納具 2 への操作を感知するとともに、その操作を行った人が正当な権限を有す るユーザ以外の者と考えられる場合に発報するものであった。これとは異 なり、収納具 2の開閉を直接的に抑止する機構を収納具監護装置 5に 設けておくことも考えられる。例えば、制御回路 5 dによって制御され、収 納具 2の開閉を物理的に抑止する施錠機構を収納具監護装置 5に実 装する。ここに言う施錠機構としては、バルーンのように膨張することで収 納具 2の開閉を困難とする態様のものや、収納具 2の開閉を抑止するた めのロックボルト部材を駆動する態様のもの、等を挙げることができる。こ のときの制御回路 5 dは、セキュリティ機能を解除するための操作信号、 言い換えるならば解錠のための操作信号を操作信号受信部 53を介し て受信したとき、施錠機構が内包するバルーンを収縮させまたはロックボ ルト部材を駆動して収納具 2の開閉を許容する。逆に、セキュリティ機能 を解除する旨の操作信号を受信できなくなったとき、制御回路 5 dが施 錠機構のバルーンを膨張させまたはロックボルト部材を駆動して収納具 2を施錠する。つまり、制御手段 1 1たる収納具監護装置 5が、発報の替 わりに施錠というセキュリティ機能を実行するものとなる。上記の場合、収 納具 2に対する操作を感知するための感知部 5 1が必ずしも実装されな くともよい。 The alarm unit 52 is provided on the control device 4 side instead of the storage device guard device 5 side. It is also possible. The alarm unit provided in the control device 4 is in a state in which an alarm can be issued from the time when the user leaves the seat is detected by the sensor means 10 until the authentication means 13 authenticates the return of the user having the right authority. Put in. However, when the storage device monitoring device 5 detects an operation on the storage device 2 via the sensing unit 51, the storage device monitoring device 5 uses the function of the wireless transceiver 5e to transmit information indicating the operation. When receiving the information transmitted from the storage device guarding device 5, the notification unit of the control device 4 issues a notification by emitting light, outputting a sound, or the like. In this case, the storage device monitoring device 5 and the control device 4 cooperate to form the control means 11 for executing the security function. The above-mentioned control means 1 1 The storage device guard device 5 senses the operation of the storage device 2 by several people, and when the person who performed the operation is considered to be a person other than a user who has valid authority Was to be reported to. On the other hand, it is conceivable to provide a mechanism for directly suppressing opening and closing of the storage device 2 in the storage device monitoring device 5. For example, a lock mechanism that is controlled by the control circuit 5d and physically inhibits the opening and closing of the storage device 2 is mounted on the storage device protection device 5. As the locking mechanism referred to here, there are a mode in which opening and closing of the storage device 2 becomes difficult by inflating like a balloon, and a mode in which a lock bolt member for suppressing opening and closing of the storage device 2 is driven. And the like. At this time, the control circuit 5d activates the balloon contained in the locking mechanism when an operation signal for releasing the security function, in other words, an operation signal for unlocking is received via the operation signal receiving unit 53. The storage device 2 is allowed to open and close by contracting or driving the lock bolt member. Conversely, when the operation signal to cancel the security function cannot be received, the control circuit 5d inflates the balloon of the locking mechanism or drives the lock bolt member to lock the storage device 2. In other words, the control means 1 1 the storage device guarding device 5 Instead, the security function called locking is executed. In the above case, the sensing unit 51 for sensing the operation on the storage device 2 does not necessarily have to be mounted.
但し、セキュリティ機能を解除する旨の操作信号を受信できなくなった ときではなく、 (コントロール装置 4より発信される)セキュリティ機能を起動 する旨の操作信号を受信したときに、施錠機構のバルーンまたはロック ボルト部材を駆動して施錠を行うものとしてもよい。この場合には、コント ロール装置 4の無線トランシーバ 4 bが特許請求の範囲第 6項または第 7 項に記載の「信号送信手段」として機能し、収納具監護装置 5が「施錠 装置」に該当することとなる。 However, not when the operation signal for canceling the security function cannot be received, but when the operation signal for activating the security function (transmitted from the control device 4) is received, the balloon or the lock of the locking mechanism is received. The locking may be performed by driving a bolt member. In this case, the wireless transceiver 4b of the control device 4 functions as the "signal transmitting means" described in claims 6 or 7, and the storage device guarding device 5 corresponds to the "locking device". Will be done.
因みに、セキュリティ機能を具現する手段として、施綻機構でなぐ収 納具 2を操作しょうとする人の手指が触れる部位に電圧を加えて人の操 作を禁止する(電気柵の如き)通電装置を実装してもよレ、。このようなも のであっても、収納具 2の開閉を抑止することができる。 By the way, as a means to realize the security function, a voltage is applied to the part where the finger of the person who wants to operate the storage device 2 operated by the failure mechanism touches the finger and prohibits the operation of the person (such as an electric fence). May be implemented. Even in such a case, opening and closing of the storage device 2 can be suppressed.
収納具監護装置 5の替わりに、上記第 3ないし第 4実施形態において 述べた、施錠装置を組み込んだ収納具 2をコントロール装置 4がコント口 ールするシステムとしてもよい。この場合のコントロール装置 4の無線トラ ンシーバは、収納具 2の施錠装置 2 aに対し操作信号を送信する信号 送信手段 1 5としての役割を担う。そして、ユーザの離席をセンサ手段 10 を介して感知したときに施錠装置 2 aの施錠を行うための操作信号を送 信し、かつ、認証手段 1 3による認証が完了した後には施錠装置 2 aの解 錠を行うための操作信号を送信する。つまり、ユーザが席を離れたとき、 収納具 2内に納められた物品を他者が持ち出すことを抑止すべく収納 具 2を施錠し、しかる後正当な権限を有するユーザが現れたときには、当 該ユーザを認証手段 1 3により認証した上で収納具 2の施錠を解除して 収納具 2への物品の出し入れを再び可能する。当該実施態様において, 施錠機能を有する収納具監護装置 5を特許請求の範囲第 6項または 第 7項に記載の施錠装置として収納具 2に組み込んでいると見ることが できる。あるいは、収納具 2に組み込まれた施錠装置 2 aを特許請求の 範囲第 1項若しくは第 4項に記載の「制御手段 1 1」と見ることができる。 加えて、収納具監護装置 5が収納具 2に対する不正な操作を感知し た場合に不正操作があった事実に関する情報を獲得し得るように、シス テムを構成することが好ましい。例えば、セキュリティ機能を解除する旨の 操作信号を受け取つていない場合において前記感知部 5 1を介して何 人かによる収納具 2に対する操作を感知したとき、発報部 52の制御回 路 5 dが不正操作が行われた旨を示す情報を無線トランシーバ 5 eの機 能を利用してコントロール装置 4に送信するものとする。この収納具監護 装置 5は、認証手段 1 3によるユーザ認証を経ずして収納具 2に対する 操作が行われた事実を感知したとき、その旨を無線信号の形で通報す るものであると言える。 Instead of the storage device guarding device 5, the system in which the control device 4 controls the storage device 2 incorporating the locking device described in the third or fourth embodiment may be used. In this case, the wireless transceiver of the control device 4 plays a role as signal transmitting means 15 for transmitting an operation signal to the locking device 2a of the storage device 2. When the user's absence is detected via the sensor means 10, an operation signal for locking the locking device 2 a is transmitted, and after the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed, the locking device 2 is locked. An operation signal for unlocking a is transmitted. That is, when the user leaves the seat, the storage device 2 is locked so as to prevent another person from taking out the articles stored in the storage device 2, and when a user having the right authority appears, After authenticating the user by the authentication means 13, unlock the storage device 2 The article can be put in and out of the storage device 2 again. In this embodiment, it can be seen that the storage device guarding device 5 having a locking function is incorporated in the storage device 2 as a locking device according to claims 6 or 7. Alternatively, the locking device 2a incorporated in the storage device 2 can be regarded as the "control means 11" described in claims 1 or 4. In addition, it is preferable to configure the system such that when the storage device guarding device 5 detects an illegal operation on the storage device 2, it can obtain information on the fact that the operation has been performed illegally. For example, when an operation signal for canceling the security function is not received, when an operation on the storage device 2 by some persons is detected through the sensing unit 51, the control circuit 5d of the alarm unit 52 is detected. The information indicating that the unauthorized operation has been performed is transmitted to the control device 4 using the function of the wireless transceiver 5e. When detecting that the storage device 2 has been operated without the user authentication by the authentication means 13, the storage device guarding device 5 reports the fact in the form of a radio signal. I can say.
他方、第 20図に示す、不正の事実に関する情報を生成して出力する 不正アクセス情報出力手段 1 6が、コントロール装置 4または該コントロー ル装置 4と接続するコンピュータ 6に設けられる。ここで、情報の出力とは、 ディスプレイの画面への表示、プリントアウト、外部に向けた情報発信、メ モリやハードディスクドライブその他の記憶装置への書き込み、等を包括 する概念である。不正アクセス情報出力手段 16の具体的構成は.、不正 の事実に関する情報の出力の態様に応じたものとなる。本実施形態で は、例えば、コントロール装置 4に不正アクセス情報出力手段 1 6としての 役割を担わせるものとする。即ち、収納具監護装置 5よりもたらされる、不 正操作が行われた旨を示す情報を無線トランシーバ 4 bを介して受信し たとき、コントロール装置 4の制御回路 4f (若しくは、プロセッサ)が当該 不正操作の事実に関する情報を生成し、該コントロール装置 4に実装さ れたメモリ 4gに書き込む、通信インタフェース 4eを介してコンピュータ 6に 向けて送信する、さらには、このコンピュータ 6と電気通信回線を介して 通信可能に接続する所定の情報処理端末(図示せず)に向けて当該 情報を送信させる(送信の宛先となる情報処理端末を指示するアドレス 情報は、通常、コントロー/レ装置 4のメモリ 4gまたはコンピュータ 6のメイン メモリ 6b若しくは補助記憶装置 6 cに予め格納されている)等の態様で、 不正操作の事実に関する情報の出力を実行する。不正アクセス情報出 力手段 16が生成し出力する情報には、例えば、不正に操作された収納 具 2を示す情報や不正操作が行われた日時を表す情報等が含まれる。 但し、不正アクセス情報出力手段 1 6が、コンピュータ 6に設けられること を妨げない。即ち、不正操作が行われた旨を示す情報を収納具監護装 置 5より受け取ったコントロール装置 4の制御回路 4fが、その旨を通信ィ ンタフェース 4eを介してコンピュータ 6に通知する。そして、通知を受け取 つたコンピュータ 6のプロセッサ 6aが、プログラムに基づき、不正操作の事 実に関する情報を生成して、これをディスプレイ 6 dに表示する、メインメ モリ 6b若しくは補助記憶装置 6 cの所要の記憶領域に書き込む、または、 このコンピュータ 6と電気通信回線を介して通信可能に接続する所定の 情報処理端末に向けて送信する等の態様で出力する。 On the other hand, unauthorized access information output means 16 for generating and outputting information on the fact of fraud shown in FIG. 20 is provided in the control device 4 or the computer 6 connected to the control device 4. Here, the output of information is a concept encompassing display on a display screen, printout, transmission of information to the outside, writing to memory, a hard disk drive, and other storage devices. The specific configuration of the unauthorized access information output means 16 depends on the mode of output of information on the fact of unauthorized access. In the present embodiment, for example, it is assumed that the control device 4 plays a role as the unauthorized access information output means 16. That is, information indicating that an unauthorized operation has been performed provided by the storage device guarding device 5 is received via the wireless transceiver 4b. Then, the control circuit 4f (or the processor) of the control device 4 generates information on the fact of the unauthorized operation and writes the information into the memory 4g mounted on the control device 4, and sends the information to the computer 6 via the communication interface 4e. And transmits the information to a predetermined information processing terminal (not shown) that is communicably connected to the computer 6 via a telecommunication line (the information processing terminal serving as the transmission destination). Is usually stored in advance in the memory 4g of the control / control device 4 or the main memory 6b or the auxiliary storage device 6c of the computer 6). Execute The information generated and output by the unauthorized access information output unit 16 includes, for example, information indicating the storage device 2 operated illegally, information indicating the date and time when the unauthorized operation was performed, and the like. However, this does not prevent the unauthorized access information output means 16 from being provided in the computer 6. That is, the control circuit 4f of the control device 4 which has received the information indicating that the illegal operation has been performed from the storage device guarding device 5 notifies the computer 6 via the communication interface 4e of the fact. Then, the processor 6a of the computer 6, which has received the notification, generates information on the fact of the unauthorized operation based on the program and displays the information on the display 6d, and displays the required information in the main memory 6b or the auxiliary storage device 6c. The information is output in a form such as writing to a storage area or transmitting to a predetermined information processing terminal communicably connected to the computer 6 via an electric communication line.
加えて、不正アクセス情報出力手段 1 6は、認証手段 1 3によるユーザ 認証に失敗した場合にも、その事実に関する情報を生成、出力できるこ とが望ましい。 In addition, it is desirable that the unauthorized access information output means 16 can generate and output information on the fact even when the user authentication by the authentication means 13 fails.
本実施形態によれば、人の存在の有無を検知するセンサ手段 10たる 人感センサ 4aと、前記人感センサ 4aがユーザの離席を検知したことを条 件に所定のセキュリティ機能即ち画面処理及び または留保処理を実 行開始する制御手段 1 1と、前記制御手段 1 1によるセキュリティ機能が 起動している状態にあって戻ってきた者が正当な権限を有するユーザで あることを認証する認証手段 1 3と、前記認証手段 1 3による認証が完了 した後に前記制御手段 1 1によるセキュリティ機能を解除する制御解除 手段 14とを具備する情報処理装置 3 (システム)を構成したため、ユーザ 自身が煩雑な操作を行わなくとも、ユーザが席を離れたときに制御手段 1 1によるセキュリティ機能が起動される。そして、セキュリティ機能が起動 している状態では、正当な権限を有するユーザが復帰したことを認証し た上でその解除を行うため、他者による不正なアクセスを抑止してセキュ リティを担保し得るものとなる。 According to the present embodiment, the sensor means 10 for detecting the presence or absence of a person is a human sensor 4a, and the human sensor 4a detects that the user has left. The control means 11 for starting execution of a predetermined security function, that is, screen processing and / or reservation processing, and a person who returns while the security function by the control means 11 is activated has a valid authority. An information processing apparatus 3 (system) comprising: an authentication unit 13 for authenticating that the user has the authentication function; and a control release unit 14 for releasing the security function by the control unit 11 after the authentication by the authentication unit 13 is completed. ), The security function by the control means 11 is activated when the user leaves the seat, without the user having to perform any complicated operations. In the state where the security function is activated, since the authorized user authenticates that the user has returned and cancels it, the unauthorized user is prevented from unauthorized access and the security can be secured. Will be something.
前記制御手段 1 1たる収納具監護装置 5が、収納具 2の開閉に係るセ キユリティを担保するための機能を実行するものであり、前記制御解除 手段 14が、前記認証手段 1 3による認証が完了している場合に前記制 御手段 1 1に対しそのセキュリティ機能を解除するための操作信号を送 信するものであるため、ユーザが席を離れている間に他者が収納具 2内 の物品を不正に持ち出したりまたは閲覧したりすることを抑止できるため, 盗難のおそれのある貴重品や他者の目に触れることを避けたい機密文 書その他の物品を安全に収納具 2に収納、保管しておくことが可能とな る。 The storage device guarding device 5 as the control unit 11 executes a function for securing security related to opening and closing of the storage device 2, and the control release unit 14 performs the authentication by the authentication unit 13. When the operation is completed, an operation signal for releasing the security function is transmitted to the control means 11, so that while the user is away from his / her seat, another person in the storage device 2 can use the operation signal. Since it is possible to prevent illegally taking out or browsing items, valuables that may be stolen or confidential documents or other items that you want to avoid being seen by others can be safely stored in the storage device 2. It can be kept.
制御手段 1 1たる収納具監護装置 5が、収納具 2に対し着脱自在であ るため、ユーザがこれを自身の使用するデスクの引き出し、キャビネット、 ロッカー、鞫等に任意に備え付けて、それらのセキュリティの向上を図る ことができる。 Control means 1 1 Since the storage device guard device 5 is detachable from the storage device 2, the user can arbitrarily install it in a drawer, cabinet, locker, tongue, etc. of his / her desk and use them. Security can be improved.
人の存在の有無を検知するセンサ手段 10と、種々の物品を収納可能 な収納具 2に設けられた施錠装置に対し、その施錠または解錠を行うた めの操作信号を送信し得る信号送信手段 1 5と、ユーザの離席後に戻 つてきた者が正当な権限を有するユーザであることを認証する認証手段 1 3とを具備してなり、前記信号送信手段 1 5が、前記ユーザの離席を前 記センサ手段 10を介して感知したときに前記施錠装置の施錠を行うた めの操作信号を送信し、かつ、前記認証手段 1 3による認証が完了した 後に前記施錠装置の解錠を行うための操作信号を送信する情報処理 装置 3を構成することによつても、同様に簡便なセキュリティシステムを構 築し得る。なお、施錠装置が、解錠のための操作信号を受信している間 のみ解綻状態にある(解錠のための操作信号を受信できないときには施 錠状態に移行する)ものである場合には、前記信号送信手段 1 5が、セ ンサ手段 10を介してユーザの離席を感知したときに操作信号の送信を 停止し、しかる後認証手段 1 3にて正当な権限を有するユーザの認証が なされたときに操作信号の送信を再開する態様のものとすることができ る。 Sensor means 10 for detecting the presence or absence of a person, and various items can be stored Signal transmitting means 15 for transmitting an operation signal for locking or unlocking the locking device provided in the secure storage device 2, and a person who returns after the user leaves the seat has the proper authority. Authentication means 13 for authenticating that the user is possessed, and when the signal transmission means 15 senses that the user has left the seat via the sensor means 10, the locking of the locking device is performed. By transmitting an operation signal for unlocking the locking device after the authentication by the authentication means 13 is completed. Can build a simple security system as well. If the locking device is in the unlocked state only while receiving the operation signal for unlocking (the state shifts to the locked state when the operation signal for unlocking cannot be received). The signal transmitting means 15 stops transmitting the operation signal when the user senses the absence of the user via the sensor means 10, and then the authentication of the authorized user is performed by the authentication means 13. The transmission of the operation signal may be restarted when the operation is performed.
前記認証手段 1 3によるユーザ認証に失敗した事実、または、前記認 証手段 1 3によるユーザ認証を経ずして前記収納具 2に対する操作が行 われた事実のうち少なくとも一方を感知した場合に、当該事実に関する 情報を生成して出力する不正アクセス情報出力手段 1 6をさらに具備す るものとしたため、コンピュータ 6や収納具 2に対する第三者による不正 行為に関する情報を所要の宛先に送信して不正行為の事実を通報し たり、不正行為に関する情報を蓄積して事後的に参照したりすることが 可能となる。 When detecting at least one of the fact that the user authentication by the authentication unit 13 has failed or the fact that the operation on the storage device 2 has been performed without the user authentication by the authentication unit 13, Since the system further includes an unauthorized access information output unit 16 that generates and outputs information on the fact, the information on the unauthorized operation of the computer 6 and the storage device 2 by a third party is transmitted to a required destination and the unauthorized access is performed. It will be possible to report the facts of the act or to accumulate information on wrongdoing and refer to it later.
その他、上記第 1ないし第 4実施形態において述べた効果をも奏し得 ることは言うまでもなレ、。 但し、本実施形態は以上に詳述した態様に限定されず、各部の具体 的構成は種々の変形が可能である。まず、センサ手段 10、認証手段 1 3 の態様は、上述したようなものに限られなレ、。既に第 3または第 4実施形 態において述べたように、ユーザの離席後にワークスペースに現れた者 が正当な権限を有するユーザであることを認証するに際し、ユーザ自身 によるユーザ識別情報の入力を受け付けるのでなぐユーザが予め所持 している所定の記憶装置 Mに記憶されたユーザ識別情報の取得を行う ようにしてもよい。所定の記憶装置 Mとしては、 RFIDタグ、無線通信機 能を有する携帯可能な情報処理端末、等を採用することができる。そし て、例えば、第 29図に示すように、ユーザが所持する記憶装置 Mより無 線通信にてユーザ識別情報を取得するための無線通信デバイス 4hを、 コントロール装置 4に実装する。無線通信デバイス 4hの具体的な態様は、 ユーザが所持する所定の記憶装置 Mの態様に応じたものとなる。例を挙 げて述べると、所定の記憶装置 Mが電子誘導方式の RFIDタグである 場合には、該 RFIDタグ内の誘導コイルに誘起電圧を惹起させるための コイル(アンテナ)を含むものとなり、所定の記憶装置 Mが光方式の RFI Dタグである場合には、該 RFIDタグと赤外線通信を行うための赤外線 デバイスを含むものとなる。または、携帯可能な情報処理端末と通信す るための bluetooth (登録商標)の如きデータ通信用トランシーバである こともある。なお、所定の記憶装置 Mとユーザ識別情報の授受を行うた めの無線通信デバイス 4hと、収納具監護装置 5と信号授受を行うため の無線トランシーバ 4bとは、別個のものであってもよく、同一のものであつ てもよい。加えて、所定の記憶装置 Mがユーザとともに在るという前提に 立つならば、所定の記憶装置 Mの存在の有無を検知することとユーザの 存在の有無を検知することとが同義となる。従って、人の存在の有無を 検知するセンサ手段 10とユーザ認証を行う認証手段 13とが同じハード ウェア資源を共用してもよい。即ち、所定の記憶装置 Mと無線通信を行 うための無線通信デバイス 4hを利用してセンサ手段 10を構成し、所定 の記憶装置 Mとの通信が断絶している場合にユーザが存在しないものと し通信が確立している場合にユーザが存在するものとすることが可能で ある。このときには、所定の記憶装置 M及ぴ無線通信デバイス 4hが、本 発明に係るセンサ手段 10並びに認証手段 13の要素となるため、コント ロール装置 4に人感センサ 4a、入力デバイス 4dを実装する必要はなくな る。勿論、 (第 29図上には記載されていなレ、)入力デバイス 4dを実装し ておき、 RFIDタグ等の記憶装置 Mを使用した認証と、ユーザ自身が入 力デバイス 4dを介してパスコード等のユーザ識別情報を入力する認証と を選択的に実施できるように構成してもよい。そうすれば、仮に記憶装置 Mを所持していなくとも、パスコードを入力することでユーザ認証を実施し, 収納具 2に係るセキュリティ機能(不正操作検知及び発報機能)、コンビ ユータ 6に係るセキュリティ機能(画面処理、留保処理)を解除し得るシス テムとなる。 In addition, it goes without saying that the effects described in the first to fourth embodiments can also be obtained. However, the present embodiment is not limited to the mode described in detail above, and the specific configuration of each part can be variously modified. First, the modes of the sensor means 10 and the authentication means 13 are not limited to those described above. As already described in the third or fourth embodiment, when authenticating that a person who appears in the workspace after leaving the user is a user having valid authority, the user himself / herself inputs user identification information. The user identification information stored in the predetermined storage device M previously owned by the unsolicited user may be obtained. As the predetermined storage device M, an RFID tag, a portable information processing terminal having a wireless communication function, or the like can be employed. Then, for example, as shown in FIG. 29, a wireless communication device 4h for acquiring user identification information from the storage device M owned by the user by wireless communication is mounted on the control device 4. The specific mode of the wireless communication device 4h depends on the mode of the predetermined storage device M possessed by the user. For example, when the predetermined storage device M is an RFID tag of an electronic induction type, the storage device M includes a coil (antenna) for inducing an induced voltage in an induction coil in the RFID tag. When the predetermined storage device M is an optical RF ID tag, it includes an infrared device for performing infrared communication with the RFID tag. Alternatively, it may be a data communication transceiver such as bluetooth (registered trademark) for communicating with a portable information processing terminal. The wireless communication device 4h for transmitting and receiving the user identification information to and from the predetermined storage device M and the wireless transceiver 4b for transmitting and receiving signals to and from the storage device guarding device 5 may be separate. And may be the same. In addition, on the premise that the predetermined storage device M is present together with the user, detecting the presence or absence of the predetermined storage device M and detecting the presence or absence of the user are synonymous. Therefore, the presence or absence of a person The same hardware resource may be shared by the sensor means 10 for detecting and the authentication means 13 for performing user authentication. That is, the sensor means 10 is configured using the wireless communication device 4h for performing wireless communication with the predetermined storage device M, and the user does not exist when the communication with the predetermined storage device M is interrupted. However, if communication is established, it is possible to assume that a user exists. At this time, since the predetermined storage device M and the wireless communication device 4h are elements of the sensor means 10 and the authentication means 13 according to the present invention, it is necessary to mount the motion sensor 4a and the input device 4d on the control device 4. Will disappear. Of course, the input device 4d is installed (not shown in FIG. 29), authentication using the storage device M such as an RFID tag, and the user himself / herself passcode through the input device 4d. And the like for inputting user identification information such as. Then, even if the user does not have the storage device M, the user authentication is performed by inputting the passcode, and the security function (illegal operation detection and alarm function) of the storage device 2 and the function of the The system can release security functions (screen processing, reservation processing).
さらに、第 39図に示すように、ユーザが所持する記憶装置 Mよりユーザ 識別情報を取得するための無線通信デバイス 5fを、収納具監護装置 5 に実装しても構わない。このとき、ユーザ認証処理をコントロール装置 4で なく収納具監護装置 5で実行することが可能となる。既に説明したように, 該収納具監護装置 5は、第 39図に示している光センサ 5a、発光デバイ ス 5b及び/または音声出力デバイス 5c、制御回路 5d等のハードウェア 資源を具備し、収納具 2に係るセキュリティ機能を実行する制御手段 11 (感知部 51、発報部 52)の役割を担う。その上で、制御回路 5d (マイク 口コンピュータであることがある。また、該マイクロコンピュータにより解読さ れ実行されるプログラムが下記メモリ 5gに格納されていることがある)は、 無線通信デバイス 5fを制御して、ユーザが所持する所定の記憶装置 M との間でユーザ識別情報の授受を行う。他方、制御回路 5dをバス接続 しているメモリ 5gの所要の記憶領域には、正当な権限を有するユーザに 係るユーザ識別情報が予め格納されている。しかして、制御回路 5 dは、 所定の記憶装置 Mより読み出したユーザ識別情報と、メモリ 5gに格納さ れている正当な権限を有するユーザに係るユーザ識別情報とを比較し て、記憶装置 Mを所持する者が正当なユーザであるか否かを判断する。 記憶装置 Mの所持者が正当なユーザであると判断した場合、収納具 2 に係るセキュリティ機能を解除する。つまり、感知部 51が収納具 2に対す る操作を感知したとしても、発光デバイス 5b及び または音声出力デバ イス 5cによる発報を行わない。 Further, as shown in FIG. 39, a wireless communication device 5f for acquiring user identification information from the storage device M owned by the user may be mounted on the storage device guarding device 5. At this time, the user authentication processing can be executed by the storage device guarding device 5 instead of the control device 4. As described above, the storage device guard device 5 includes hardware resources such as the optical sensor 5a, the light emitting device 5b and / or the audio output device 5c, and the control circuit 5d shown in FIG. It plays the role of the control means 11 (the sensing unit 51, the alarm unit 52) for executing the security function according to the device 2. Then, the control circuit 5d (may be a computer with a microphone). The program to be executed and stored may be stored in the memory 5g described below), and controls the wireless communication device 5f to exchange user identification information with a predetermined storage device M owned by the user. On the other hand, in a required storage area of the memory 5g to which the control circuit 5d is connected by a bus, user identification information of a user having valid authority is stored in advance. Then, the control circuit 5d compares the user identification information read from the predetermined storage device M with the user identification information of the user having valid authority stored in the memory 5g, and Is determined as to whether or not the person possessing is a valid user. When it is determined that the owner of the storage device M is a valid user, the security function of the storage device 2 is released. That is, even if the sensing unit 51 senses an operation on the storage device 2, no alarm is issued by the light emitting device 5b and / or the sound output device 5c.
制御回路 5 dは、無線通信デバイス 5fを介して前記記憶装置 Mと間欠 的にまたは連続的に(記憶装置 Mよりユーザ識別情報を取得するタイミ ングは適宜に変更可能)交信して該記憶装置 Mが記憶しているユーザ 識別情報を取得し、その所持者が正当な権限を有するユーザであること を逐一確認する。正当な権限を有するユーザに係るユーザ識別情報が 受信できなくなった場合には、ユーザが離席したものとして収納具 2に係 るセキュリティ機能を実行開始する。逆に、正当な権限を有するユーザ に係るユーザ識別情報が受信できるようになった場合には、ユーザが復 帰した、または在席しているものとして収納具 2に係るセキュリティ機能を 解除する。即ち、所定の記憶装置 Mと無線通信を行うための無線通信 デバイス 5fを利用してセンサ手段 1 0を構成している。また、このとき、無 線通信デバイス 5f及びユーザ識別情報の比較を行う制御回路 5 dが、 本発明に係る認証手段 1 3の要素となる。並びに、発光デバイス 5b、音 声出力デバイス 5 cを制御する制御回路 5 dが、セキュリティ機能を解除 する制御解除手段 1 4となる。このようなものであれば、コントロール装置 4 によらずにセキュリティ機能の起動ノ解除を実行し得るため、コントロー ル装置 4と組み合わせることなく単独で使用可能となる。 The control circuit 5d intermittently or continuously communicates with the storage device M via the wireless communication device 5f (timing for acquiring user identification information from the storage device M can be changed as appropriate), and communicates with the storage device M. The user identification information stored in M is acquired, and it is confirmed every time that the owner is a user having valid authority. When the user identification information of the user having the right authority cannot be received, the security function for the storage device 2 is started assuming that the user has left. Conversely, when it becomes possible to receive the user identification information of the user having the right, the security function of the storage device 2 is canceled assuming that the user has returned or is present. That is, the sensor means 10 is configured using the wireless communication device 5f for performing wireless communication with the predetermined storage device M. At this time, the wireless communication device 5f and the control circuit 5d for comparing the user identification information are elements of the authentication unit 13 according to the present invention. Light emitting device 5b, sound The control circuit 5d for controlling the voice output device 5c serves as control release means 14 for releasing the security function. In such a case, since the activation of the security function can be canceled without using the control device 4, the security function can be used alone without being combined with the control device 4.
また、複数ユーザに対応して複数のコントロール装置 4が各自のワーク スペースに配置されており、さらにこれらコントロール装置 4が接続された コンピュータ 6同士が電気通信回線を介して通信可能に接続しているよ うな場合には、コントロール装置 4に実装したセンサ手段 1 0を介して感 知したあるユーザの在席ノ離席に関する情報を他のユーザのコンビユー タ 6に向けて送信することが可能となる。このときのコンピュータ 6は、プロ グラムに基づき、該コンピュータ 6を使用するユーザの現況に関する情報 を他のユーザに向けて送信する現況情報送信手段としての機能をも発 揮する。あるユーザのコンピュータ 6は、通常、他のユーザのコンピュータ 6に情報を送信するための宛先アドレス(他のユーザが使用するコンビュ ータ 6自体を指示するアドレスであることもあれば、他のユーザに向けて 情報を送信する際に中継となる図示しないコンピュータを指示するァドレ スであることもある)に関する情報をメインメモリ 6 b若しくは補助記憶装置 6 cに記憶している。そして、センサ手段 10を介してユーザの離席を感知 したときに、該ユーザが離席したことを示す情報を自身が記憶している宛 先アドレスに向けて送信することで、他のユーザに報知する。また、認証 手段 1 3で正当な権限を有するユーザの復帰を確認したときにも、ユーザ が復帰したことを示す情報を自身が記憶している宛先アドレスに向けて 送信することで、他のユーザに報知する。 Also, a plurality of control devices 4 are arranged in their own workspaces corresponding to a plurality of users, and computers 6 to which these control devices 4 are connected are communicably connected to each other via a telecommunication line. In such a case, it is possible to transmit information on the presence / absence of a certain user who has sensed the presence / absence of the user via the sensor means 10 mounted on the control device 4 to the other user's combustor 6. . At this time, the computer 6 also functions as current status information transmitting means for transmitting information on the current status of the user who uses the computer 6 to other users based on the program. One user's computer 6 usually has a destination address for sending information to another user's computer 6 (either an address pointing to the computer 6 itself used by another user, or to another user's computer 6). The information may be an address for instructing a computer (not shown) to be a relay when information is transmitted) in the main memory 6b or the auxiliary storage device 6c. Then, when the user's absence is sensed via the sensor means 10, the information indicating that the user has left is transmitted to the destination address stored therein, so that the information is transmitted to other users. Notify. Also, when the authenticating means 13 confirms the return of a user who has valid authority, information indicating that the user has returned is transmitted to the destination address stored therein, thereby enabling other users to return. To inform.
<第 6実施形態 >続いて述べる第 6実施形態では、コンピュータ 6がプ リンタ Pに文書、図表、画像等をハードコピー出力させる印刷処理を統 制し得る情報処理装置(システム) 30について述べる。一般的なオフィス やレンタルブース、インターネットカフェ等では、複数人がプリンタ Pを共 用することが多い。あるユーザが、コンピュータ 6を使用して生成した文書, 図表、画像等を印刷しょうとするとき、このコンピュータ 6よりプリンタ Pに 向けてプリントジョブを送信する。プリントジョブを受信したプリンタ Pは、該 プリントジョブの内容に従い文書、図表、画像等をハードコピー出力する c ところが、ユーザが使用しているコンピュータ 6とハードコピー出力を行う プリンタ Pとの間には物理的な距離が存在しているため、ユーザがコンビ ユータ 6よりプリントジョブを発信してからプリンタ Pのある場所に到着する までに時間差が発生することがある。そして、プリンタ Pにおける印刷動作 がユーザの到着前に実行されてしまうと、ユーザ到着までの間そのハード コピーは第三者の目に触れる状態におかれることとなる。このことは、秘 密保護の見地から決して好ましいとは言えない。 上述の問題を解決す ベく、本実施形態では、ユーザがプリンタ Pのある場所に到着してから、 そのユーザの所望のハードコピーがプリンタ Pより出力されるようなシステ ム 30を構築した。 <Sixth Embodiment> In a sixth embodiment described below, the computer 6 controls a printing process in which a printer P outputs a document, a chart, an image, and the like in a hard copy. The information processing device (system) 30 that can be controlled will be described. In general offices, rental booths, Internet cafes, etc., multiple people often share the printer P. When a user wants to print a document, chart, image, or the like generated by using the computer 6, the computer 6 sends a print job to the printer P. Printer P that has received the print job, the document in accordance with the contents of the print job, diagrams, however c images and the like to a hard copy output, between the printer P to perform the computer 6 and a hard copy output that the user is using Due to the physical distance, there may be a time difference between when the user sends a print job from the computer 6 and when the user arrives at the place where the printer P is located. Then, if the printing operation in the printer P is performed before the user arrives, the hard copy is exposed to the third party until the user arrives. This is by no means desirable from a security standpoint. In order to solve the above-described problem, in the present embodiment, the system 30 is constructed such that a desired hard copy of the user is output from the printer P after the user arrives at a place where the printer P is located.
本実施形態における情報処理装置(システム) 30は、第 40図の構成 説明図に示すように、前記プリンタ Pよりハードコピー出力される文書、図 表、画像等を規定する情報を含む印刷情報を一時的に蓄積する蓄積 手段 401と、前記プリンタ Pの近傍に現れたユーザを認、証する認証手段 402と、前記蓄積手段 40 1に蓄積された印刷情報のうち、前記認証手 段 402で認証されたユーザによる閲覧が許容されている印刷情報を抽 出して前記プリンタ Pにハードコピー出力させる制御手段 403とを具備し てなる印刷制御機構を内包するものである。 The information processing apparatus (system) 30 according to the present embodiment, as shown in the configuration explanatory diagram of FIG. The storage means 401 for temporarily storing, the authentication means 402 for recognizing and proving the user appearing in the vicinity of the printer P, and the print information stored in the storage means 401, which is authenticated by the authentication means 402. Control means 403 for extracting print information permitted to be browsed by the user and outputting the information to the printer P as a hard copy.
通常、ユーザが使用するコンピュータ 6には、文書、図表、画像等のデ ータを作成または電気通信回線を介して接続している外部のコンビユー タ(図示せず)よりダウンロードするためのアプリケーションソフトウェアと、 プリンタ Pを制御するプリンタ Pドライバソフトウェアとが予めインストールさ れている。コンピュータ 6上で、アプリケーションソフトウェアとプリンタ Pドラ ィバソフトウエアとは協働し、印刷対象となる文書、図表、画像等のデー タをプリンタ Pに印刷させるための適切な印刷情報に変換する。印刷情 報には、文書、図表、画像等を規定する情報や、用紙のサイズ、印刷枚 数、片面印刷か両面印刷か等の印刷の態様を規定する情報が少なくと も含まれる。また、印刷情報は、実際に印刷を行うプリンタ Pが解釈可能 な形式で記述される。コンピュータ 6は、印刷情報を生成し、これをプリン タ Pに送信することで所望の文書、図表、画像等のコンテンツをプリンタ P にハードコピー出力させる。このときに、印刷情報を即座にプリンタ Pに入 力するのではなく一旦蓄積手段 40 1に蓄積して印刷動作の開始に待つ たをかけておき、プリンタ Pのある場所に現れた者が正当な権限を有する ユーザであることを認証した後に、 当該ユーザに係る印刷情報をプリンタ Pに入力してハードコピー出力を行わせるようにしている。 Usually, the computer 6 used by the user stores data such as documents, charts, and images. Application software for creating data or downloading it from an external computer (not shown) connected via a telecommunication line, and printer P driver software for controlling the printer P are installed in advance. . On the computer 6, the application software and the printer P driver software cooperate to convert data such as documents, charts, and images to be printed into appropriate print information for the printer P to print. The printing information includes at least information specifying a document, a chart, an image, and the like, and information specifying a printing mode such as a sheet size, the number of printed sheets, and whether to perform single-sided printing or double-sided printing. The print information is described in a format that can be interpreted by the printer P that actually performs printing. The computer 6 generates print information and transmits it to the printer P, thereby causing the printer P to output a desired content such as a document, a chart, or an image in a hard copy. At this time, instead of immediately inputting the print information to the printer P, the print information is temporarily stored in the storage unit 401 and waited for the start of the printing operation. After the user is authenticated as a user having sufficient authority, the print information relating to the user is input to the printer P to output a hard copy.
本システム 30は、第 4 1図に示すように、個々のユーザが使用するコン ピュータ 6と、コンピュータ 6と電気通信回線を介して接続しているコント口 ール装置 40と、コントロール装置 40に接続している少なくとも一のプリン タ Pとを主要な構成要素とする。 As shown in FIG. 41, the system 30 includes a computer 6 used by each user, a control device 40 connected to the computer 6 via a telecommunication line, and a control device 40. The main component is at least one connected printer P.
コンピュータ 6は、上記第 5実施形態におけるそれと同様のものであり、 ユーザが作業を行うワークスペースに配される。既に述べたように、コンビ ユータ 6には、文書、図表、画像等のデータを作成またはダウンロードす るためのアプリケーションソフトウェアとプリンタ Pを制御するプリンタ Pドライ バソフトウエアとが予めインストールされている。また、各コンピュータ 6には、 W The computer 6 is the same as that in the fifth embodiment, and is arranged in a workspace where a user works. As described above, the application software for creating or downloading data such as documents, charts, images, and the like, and the printer P driver software for controlling the printer P are installed in the combi- ter 6 in advance. Also, each computer 6 W
66 66
上記第 5実施形態において述べたコントロール装置 4や収納具監護装 置 5が付帯させてあり、コンピュータ 6自体のセキュリティや収納具 2のセ キユリティを担保し得るシステム 3が各ワークスペースに構成されている。 コントローノレ装置 40は、例えば、第 42図に示すように、プロセッサ 40 a . 5 メインメモリ 40b、捕助記憶デバイス 40c、ユーザによる操作入力を受け 付ける入力デバイス 40d (典型的には、キー入力デバイス)、コンピュータ 6やプリンタ Pと有線または無線で接続するための通信インタフェース 40 e、等のハードゥヱァ資源を有する。入力デバイス 40dは、プリンタ Pの近 傍に現れたユーザを識別するユーザ識別情報を取得するためのデバィ The control device 4 and the storage device guarding device 5 described in the fifth embodiment are attached, and a system 3 that can secure the security of the computer 6 itself and the security of the storage device 2 is configured in each workspace. I have. For example, as shown in FIG. 42, the control device 40 includes a processor 40a.5 main memory 40b, an auxiliary storage device 40c, and an input device 40d for receiving an operation input by a user (typically, a key input device). ), A hard disk resource such as a communication interface 40e for connecting to the computer 6 or the printer P by wire or wirelessly. The input device 40d is a device for acquiring user identification information for identifying a user appearing near the printer P.
10 スであり、ユーザ自身の手によってユーザ識別情報が入力される場合に その入力操作を受け付ける。ユーザ自身の手による入力でなく、ユーザ が所持している所定の記憶装置 Mに記憶されたユーザ識別情報を取 得するような場合には、該記憶装置 Mより無線通信にてユーザ識別情 報を読み出すための無線通信デバイス(図示せず)をコントロール装置 4When the user identification information is input by the user's own hand, the input operation is accepted. In the case where the user identification information stored in the predetermined storage device M owned by the user is obtained instead of the input by the user himself / herself, the user identification information is wirelessly communicated from the storage device M. Control device for wireless communication device (not shown) for reading 4
15 0に実装すればよい。通信インタフェース 40eは、例えば、コンピュータ 6と LAN , WAN (Wide Are a N etwork)等の電気通信回線を介して接 続するための NIC ( Network Interf ace Card)等、プリンタ Pと接続 するための U S B、 IEEE 1 394や伝統的なプリンタ P接続用のシリアルポ ート等である。但し、プリンタ Pを LAN、 WAN等の電気通信回線に接続It should be implemented in 150. The communication interface 40e is, for example, a NIC (Network Interface Card) for connecting the computer 6 via a telecommunication line such as LAN, WAN (Wide Are Network), or a USB for connecting to the printer P. And a serial port for connecting IEEE1394 and traditional printer P. However, connect printer P to a telecommunication line such as LAN or WAN
20 し、コントロール装置 40とプリンタ Pとの間に該電気通信回線を介在させ ても構わない。 Alternatively, the electric communication line may be interposed between the control device 40 and the printer P.
入力デバイス 40 dまたは図示しない無線通信デバイスは、プリンタ Pの 近傍に設けるべきである。一方で、それ以外のハードウェア資源は必ず しもプリンタ Pの近傍に存在している必要はなレ、。従って、入力デバイス 4 25 0dまたは図示しない無線通信デバイスと、それ以外のハードウェア資源 を実装したコントロール装置 40本体とを有線または無線にて通信可能 に接続しておき、コント口一ル装置 40本体はプリンタ Pより離間させて配 置することも考えられる。 The input device 40d or a wireless communication device not shown should be provided near the printer P. On the other hand, other hardware resources need not necessarily be located near the printer P. Therefore, the input device 4250d or a wireless communication device (not shown) and other hardware resources It is also conceivable that the main body of the control device 40 is connected to the main body of the control device 40 in a wired or wireless manner so that it can communicate with the main body, and the main body of the control device 40 is separated from the printer P.
通常、プロセッサ 40 aによって実行されるべきプログラムが補助記憶デ バイス 40 cに格納されており、プログラムの実行の際には補助記憶デバィ ス 40 c力 らメインメモリ 40 bに読み込まれ、プロセッサ 40 aによって解読さ れる。そして、該プログラムに従い上記のハードゥヱァ資源を作動して、 第 40図に示す蓄積手段 40 1、認証手段 402、制御手段 403を具備す る印刷制御機構としての機能を発揮するようにしている。 Normally, a program to be executed by the processor 40a is stored in the auxiliary storage device 40c, and when the program is executed, the program is read from the auxiliary storage device 40c into the main memory 40b, and is executed by the processor 40a. Decrypted by Then, the above-mentioned hardware resources are operated in accordance with the program so as to exhibit a function as a print control mechanism including the storage means 401, the authentication means 402, and the control means 403 shown in FIG.
蓄積手段 40 1は、メインメモリ 40 b若しくは補助記憶デバイス 40 cの所 要の記憶領域を利用して構成され、コンピュータ 6よりもたらされる印刷 情報を格納する。 The storage unit 401 is configured using a required storage area of the main memory 40b or the auxiliary storage device 40c, and stores print information provided by the computer 6.
認証手段 40 2は、プリンタ P近傍に現れたユーザを識別するユーザ識 別情報を入力デバイス 40dまたは図示しない無線通信デバイスを介して 取得して当該ユーザを認証する。 The authentication means 402 obtains user identification information for identifying a user appearing near the printer P via the input device 40d or a wireless communication device (not shown) and authenticates the user.
制御手段 403は、前記蓄積手段 40 1に蓄積された印刷情報のうち、 前記認証手段 402で認証されたユーザによる閲覧が許容されている印 刷情報を抽出し、これを前記プリンタ Pに送信して印刷動作を行わせる。 本システム 30におけるコントロール装置 40が実行する基本的な処理の 手順を、第 4 3図及ぴ第 44図に示すフローチャートを参照して述べる。 第 4 3図に示すように、コントロール装置 40は、コンピュータ 6より電気通 信回線を介して送られてくる印刷情報を待ち受ける(ステップ S 37)。因 みに、コントロール装置 40 (の通信インタフェース 40 e )には、 LAN、 WA N等の電気通信回線上で該コントロール装置 40をノードとして指定する ためのアドレス(例えば、 I Pアドレス)が予め割り当てられている。コンビュ ータ 6は、プリンタ Pドライバソフトウェア等に従レ、、そのアドレスを宛先とし て印刷情報を発信する。コンピュータ 6からは、コントロール装置 40は仮 想的なプリンタ P若しくはプリントサーバとして電気通信回線上に存在し ているように見える。コントロール装置は、 NIC等の通信インタフェース 40 eを介して印刷情報を受信したとき、これを蓄積手段 401たるメインメモリ 40c若しくは補助記憶デバイス 40cに一時的に蓄積する(ステップ S 38) c コンピュータ 6より発信されコントロール装置 40が受信する印刷情報は、 通常、 SMB/CIF S ( S erver Mess age BlockZCommon Intern et File Sys tem)プロトコル等の既知のプロトコルに則ったものとなつ ている。 S MBZ C IF Sプロトコル等を採用している場合、印刷情報を発 したコンピュータ 6を識別する識別子(コンピュータ名)ゃ該コンピュータ 6 を使用しているログインユーザを識別する識別子(ユーザアカウント)等が 印刷情報に付帯している。コントローノレ装置 40では、これらコンピュータ 名やユーザアカウント等の情報と印刷情報とを関連づけてメインメモリ 40 b若しくは補助記憶デバイス 40cに格納する。このことにより、コントロール 装置 40は、 自身が蓄積している個々の印刷情報について、それが何れ のユーザによるものであるのかを知得できる。 The control unit 403 extracts, from the print information stored in the storage unit 401, print information that is permitted to be viewed by the user authenticated by the authentication unit 402, and transmits this to the printer P. To perform a printing operation. The basic processing procedure executed by the control device 40 in the present system 30 will be described with reference to the flowcharts shown in FIGS. 43 and 44. As shown in FIG. 43, the control device 40 waits for print information sent from the computer 6 via the electric communication line (step S37). Incidentally, an address (for example, an IP address) for designating the control device 40 as a node on a telecommunication line such as a LAN or WAN is assigned to the control device 40 (the communication interface 40e thereof) in advance. ing. Convenience store Data 6 sends print information to the address according to the printer P driver software or the like. From the computer 6, the control device 40 appears to be present on the telecommunication line as a virtual printer P or print server. Control apparatus, when receiving the print information via the communication interface 40 e, such as NIC, which is temporarily stored in the storage unit 401 serving as the main memory 40c or the auxiliary storage device 40c from (step S 38) c computer 6 The print information transmitted and received by the control device 40 generally conforms to a known protocol such as the SMB / CIFS (Server Message Block ZCommon Intern et File System) protocol. When the SMBZ CIFS protocol or the like is adopted, the identifier (computer name) that identifies the computer 6 that issued the print information ゃ the identifier (user account) that identifies the login user using the computer 6 Attached to print information. The control device 40 stores the information such as the computer name and the user account and the print information in the main memory 40b or the auxiliary storage device 40c in association with each other. As a result, the control device 40 can know to which user the individual print information stored by the control device 40 belongs.
上記の処理と並行して、第 44図に示すように、コントロール装置 40は、 プリンタ P近傍に現れたユーザによる、入力デバイス 40dを使用したユー ザ識別情報の入力を受け付けて、またはプリンタ P近傍に現れたユーザ が所持する記憶装置 Mに記憶されているユーザ識別情報を無線通信 デバイスを介して読み取って、取得する(ステップ S 39)。しかる後、取得 したユーザ識別情報を基に、プリンタ Pの近傍に現れたユーザの認証を 行う(ステップ S40)。より具体的には、認証ステップ 40において、取得し たユーザ識別情報と、蓄積している印刷情報に関連づけられたコンビュ ータ名、ユーザアカウント等とを比較して、対応関係にあるものが存在し ているか否かを判断する。だが、前記ステップ S 39で取得されるユーザ識 別情報と、前記ステップ S 37で受信される印刷情報に関連づけられてい るコンピュータ名、ユーザアカウント等とを、必ずしも直接的に比較できな レヽことがある。このような場合には、ユーザ識別情報と、コンピュータ名ま たはユーザアカウント等とを対応づけてなるテーブル情報(即ち、ユーザ 識別情報をコンピュータ名またはユーザアカウント等に変換するテーブル 情報。 図示せず)をメインメモリ 40b若しくは補助記憶デバイス 40cに予 め格納しておき、認証ステップ S 40において該テーブル情報を参照した 上でユーザ識別情報とコンピュータ名またはユーザアカウント等とを比較 するものとする。勿論、ユーザ識別情報と印刷情報に関連づけられてい るコンピュータ名、ユーザアカウント等とが直接的に比較可能な場合、例 えばユーザ識別情報がユーザアカウントそのものであるような場合には、 テーブル情報は不要である。 In parallel with the above processing, as shown in FIG. 44, the control device 40 accepts the input of the user identification information using the input device 40d by the user appearing near the printer P, or The user identification information stored in the storage device M possessed by the user appearing in the above is read and acquired via the wireless communication device (step S39). Thereafter, based on the acquired user identification information, the user appearing in the vicinity of the printer P is authenticated (step S40). More specifically, in the authentication step 40, the acquired user identification information and the compilation associated with the stored print information are displayed. Data names, user accounts, etc. are compared to determine whether there is a corresponding one. However, it is not always possible to directly compare the user identification information obtained in step S39 with the computer name, user account, and the like associated with the print information received in step S37. is there. In such a case, table information that associates the user identification information with a computer name or a user account (that is, table information for converting the user identification information into a computer name or a user account, etc .; not shown). ) Is stored in the main memory 40b or the auxiliary storage device 40c in advance, and the user identification information is compared with the computer name, the user account, or the like with reference to the table information in the authentication step S40. Of course, if the user identification information and the computer name or user account associated with the print information can be directly compared, for example, if the user identification information is the user account itself, no table information is required. It is.
入力を受け付けまたは取得したユーザ識別情報と印刷情報に関連づ けられたコンピュータ名、ユーザアカウント等とを比較して、対応関係にあ るものが存在していたとき、その印刷情報はプリンタ P近傍に現れたユー ザによるプリントジョブ、即ち該ユーザが閲覧することを許容されているプ リントジョブである。従って、ユーザ識別情報と対応関係にあるコンビユー タ名、ユーザアカウント等に関連づけられた適切な印刷情報を抽出し(ス テツプ S41 )、プリンタ Pに向けて送信する(ステップ S42)。 The user identification information received or obtained is compared with the computer name, user account, etc. associated with the print information, and if there is a corresponding one, the print information is located near the printer P. Is a print job by the user appearing in the above, that is, a print job that the user is allowed to view. Accordingly, appropriate print information associated with the user name, the user name, and the like associated with the user identification information is extracted (step S41), and transmitted to the printer P (step S42).
本実施形態によれば、コンピュータ 6よりプリンタ Pに向けて送信される 印刷情報を一時的に蓄積する蓄積手段 40 1と、プリンタ Pの近傍に現 れたユーザを認証する認証手段 402と、蓄積手段 401に蓄積された印 刷情報のうち認証手段 402で認証されたユーザによる閲覧が許容され ている印刷情報を抽出してプリンタ Pにハードコピー出力させる制御手 段 403とを具備してなる印刷制御機構を内包する情報処理装置(シス テム) 30を構成したため、コンピュータ 6を使用してプリントジョブを発信し たユーザがプリンタ Pのある場所に到着する以前に文書、図表、画像等 がプリンタ Pより出力され、第三者の目に曝されるようなことを有効に回避 できる。 According to the present embodiment, the storage means 401 for temporarily storing print information transmitted from the computer 6 to the printer P, the authentication means 402 for authenticating a user who has appeared near the printer P, The print information stored in the means 401 is not permitted to be viewed by the user authenticated by the authentication means 402. The information processing device (system) 30 including a print control mechanism including a control means 403 for extracting the print information and outputting it to the printer P as a hard copy is configured. Documents, charts, images, and the like are output from the printer P before the user who has submitted the job arrives at the place where the printer P is located, and it is possible to effectively avoid exposure to the eyes of a third party.
加えて、既存のコンピュータ 6及びプリンタ Pが配置されている電気通 信回線上に、印刷制御機構を具現するコントロール装置 40を設けること で本システム 30を構築可能であり、専用のコンピュータ 6またはプリンタ P を必要とせず、レンタルブースやインターネットカフヱ、比較的小規模な 複数企業が集合しているオフィス等で好適に利用することができる。 但し、本実施形態は以上に詳述した態様に限定されず、各部の具体 的構成は種々の変形が可能である。特に、コンピュータ 6や収納具 2を 防護するコントロール装置 4のセキュリティ機能を解除する際に該コント口 ール装置 4に入力されるユーザ識別情報と、プリンタ Pの印刷処理を制 御するコントロール装置 40によるユーザ認証の際に該コントロール装置 4 0に入力されるユーザ識別情報とは、一致していることが望ましレ、。これら 両者を一致させるには、例えば、コントロール装置 4に保持される正当な 権限を有するユーザに係るユーザ識別情報と、コントロール装置 40に保 持されるテーブル情報に記述されたユーザ識別情報とのうち一方を他 方に合致させておく。 In addition, the system 30 can be constructed by providing a control device 40 that implements a print control mechanism on the electric communication line where the existing computer 6 and the printer P are arranged. It does not require P, and can be suitably used in rental booths, Internet cuffs, and offices where a relatively small number of companies gather. However, the present embodiment is not limited to the mode described in detail above, and the specific configuration of each unit can be variously modified. In particular, when the security function of the control device 4 that protects the computer 6 and the storage device 2 is released, the user identification information input to the control device 4 and the control device that controls the printing process of the printer P 40 It is desirable that the user identification information input to the control device 40 at the time of user authentication by the user be the same. In order to match these two, for example, the user identification information of the user having valid authority held in the control device 4 and the user identification information described in the table information held in the control device 40 are used. Match one to the other.
コンピュータ 6や収納具 2を防護するコントロール装置 4と、プリンタ Pの 印刷処理を制御するコントロール装置 40とを共通化してもよレ、。即ち、コ ントロール装置 40に、人感センサ 4a、収納具監護装置 5と無線通信を 行うための無線トランシーバ 4b、表示デバイス 4c等を実装し、プログラム により第 5実施形態において述べたセンサ手段 10、認証手段 1 3、制御 解除手段 14としての機能をも付与してもよい。 The control device 4 for protecting the computer 6 and the storage device 2 and the control device 40 for controlling the printing process of the printer P may be shared. That is, a human sensor 4a, a wireless transceiver 4b for performing wireless communication with the storage device monitoring device 5, a display device 4c, and the like are mounted on the control device 40, and a program is executed. Thus, the functions as the sensor means 10, the authentication means 13 and the control release means 14 described in the fifth embodiment may also be provided.
また、上述のシステム 30が内包する印刷制御機構は、複数ユーザで 共用する蓄積手段 40 1、認証手段 402を具備し、各ワークスペースに 配されたコンピュータ 6には印刷処理の制御のための特段の役割を担わ せてはいなかった。しかしながら、蓄積手段 40 1の機能を、コントロール 装置 40でなく、各コンピュータ 6に担わせるものとしてもよい。この場合に ついて補足すると、コンピュータ 6には、プリンタ Pドライバと連動して印刷 情報を一時的にメインメモリ 6b若しくは補助記憶装置 6 cに蓄積しておく 蓄積手段 401として機能させるプログラムをインストールしておく。ユーザ がコンピュータ 6を使用してプリントジョブを開始しょうとしても、該プリント ジョブに係る印刷情報は即座に電気通信回線に送出されることはなく、 一時的にコンピュータ 6上に蓄積される。 しかる後、ユーザは、プリンタ P のある場所まで赴き、コントロール装置 40に自身を識別するユーザ識別 情報を入力するか、所持している所定の記憶装置 Mに記憶されている ユーザ識別情報を読み取らせる。ユーザ識別情報を取得したコントロー ル装置 40は、これを電気通信回線を介して接続しているコンピュータ 6 に向けて送信する。コントロール装置 40よりもたらされるユーザ識別情報 を受信したコンピュータ 6は、このユーザ識別情報に基づくユーザ認証を 実行し、 自身が蓄積している印刷情報をプリンタ Pに向けて送信するか 否かを判断する。 自身が蓄積している印刷情報を送信してもよい旨の判 断を下した場合、その印刷情報をコンピュータ 6がプリンタ Pに向けて送 信し、これをハードコピー出力させる。この例では、蓄積手段 40 1、制御 手段 403の役割を各コンピュータ 6が担い、コンピュータ 6とコントロール 装置 40とが協働して認証手段 402の役割を担う。 あるいは、ユーザ識別情報を取得したコントロール装置 40が該ユーザ 識別情報に基づくユーザ認証を行い、認証したユーザが使用しているコ ンピュータ 6に向けて印刷情報を発信すべき旨の指令をコントロール装 置 40より送信するようにしてもよい。指令を受信したコンピュータ 6は、 自 身が蓄積している印刷情報をプリンタ Pに向けて送信し、これをハードコ ピー出力させる。この例では、蓄積手段 401の役割を各コンピュータ 6が 担う。 The print control mechanism included in the system 30 includes a storage unit 401 and an authentication unit 402 shared by a plurality of users, and the computer 6 provided in each workspace has a special control for print processing. Did not take on the role of. However, the function of the storage means 401 may be assigned to each computer 6 instead of the control device 40. To complement this case, the computer 6 is installed with a program that functions as a storage unit 401 that temporarily stores print information in the main memory 6b or the auxiliary storage device 6c in conjunction with the printer P driver. deep. Even if the user attempts to start a print job using the computer 6, the print information relating to the print job is not immediately transmitted to the telecommunication line but is temporarily stored on the computer 6. Thereafter, the user goes to the place where the printer P is located, and inputs the user identification information for identifying himself to the control device 40 or causes the control device 40 to read the user identification information stored in the predetermined storage device M owned by the user. . The control device 40 that has acquired the user identification information transmits the information to the computer 6 connected via an electric communication line. The computer 6 that has received the user identification information provided by the control device 40 executes user authentication based on the user identification information, and determines whether or not to transmit the print information stored therein to the printer P. . When the computer 6 determines that the print information stored therein can be transmitted, the computer 6 transmits the print information to the printer P, and outputs a hard copy. In this example, each computer 6 plays the role of the storage means 401 and the control means 403, and the computer 6 and the control device 40 play the role of the authentication means 402 in cooperation. Alternatively, the control device 40 that has acquired the user identification information performs user authentication based on the user identification information, and issues a command to transmit print information to the computer 6 used by the authenticated user. You may make it transmit from 40. The computer 6 that has received the command transmits the print information stored therein to the printer P, and outputs the print information by hard copy. In this example, each computer 6 plays the role of the storage means 401.
なお、本発明は以上に詳述した実施形態に限られるものではない。特 に、本発明は、パーソナルコンピュータ 6、ワークステーションあるいは PD Aのみならず、例えば、 DVDプレーヤ、ハードディスクビデオレコーダ、ビ デォゲーム機、等に適用することも可能である。 Note that the present invention is not limited to the embodiment described in detail above. In particular, the present invention can be applied not only to a personal computer 6, a workstation, or a PDA but also to, for example, a DVD player, a hard disk video recorder, a video game machine, and the like.
その他各部の具体的構成や第 6図、第 9図、第 14図、第 1 7図、第 26 図、第 27図、第 43図及び第 44図のフローチャートに示す処理の手順 は上記実施形態に限られるものではなく、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない 範囲で種々変形が可能である。 産業上の利用可能性 The specific configuration of each part and the processing procedure shown in the flowcharts of FIGS. 6, 9, 14, 14, 17, 26, 27, 43 and 44 are the same as those in the above embodiment. The present invention is not limited to this, and various modifications can be made without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Industrial applicability
以上に詳述した本発明によれば、煩雑な操作を伴うことなく、必要なと きにスクリーンセーバに代表されるセキュリティ機能を起動し得る情報処 理装置を構築できる。 According to the present invention described in detail above, it is possible to construct an information processing device capable of activating a security function typified by a screen saver when necessary without complicated operations.
Claims
Priority Applications (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| AU2003289278A AU2003289278A1 (en) | 2002-12-09 | 2003-12-09 | Information processing device, control device, container monitoring device, and program |
| JP2005502364A JPWO2004053665A1 (en) | 2002-12-09 | 2003-12-09 | Information processing device, control device, storage device guard device, program |
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2002357309 | 2002-12-09 | ||
| JP2002-357309 | 2002-12-09 | ||
| JP2003-92955 | 2003-03-28 | ||
| JP2003092955 | 2003-03-28 | ||
| JP2003-336454 | 2003-09-26 | ||
| JP2003336454 | 2003-09-26 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2004053665A1 true WO2004053665A1 (en) | 2004-06-24 |
Family
ID=32512119
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2003/015746 Ceased WO2004053665A1 (en) | 2002-12-09 | 2003-12-09 | Information processing device, control device, container monitoring device, and program |
Country Status (4)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (1) | JPWO2004053665A1 (en) |
| AU (1) | AU2003289278A1 (en) |
| TW (1) | TW200416552A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2004053665A1 (en) |
Cited By (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2007133791A (en) * | 2005-11-14 | 2007-05-31 | Dainippon Printing Co Ltd | Equipment management system |
| JP2010039944A (en) * | 2008-08-07 | 2010-02-18 | Ricoh Co Ltd | Information processor, information processing method, information processing program, and partition panel |
| WO2012014593A1 (en) * | 2010-07-26 | 2012-02-02 | 日本電気株式会社 | Presence determination device, method of determining presence, and program |
| JP5220243B1 (en) * | 2012-05-24 | 2013-06-26 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Information collecting apparatus for display and HMI system |
| TWI483136B (en) * | 2013-02-07 | 2015-05-01 | Claridy Solutions Inc | Device information security device and operation method thereof |
| US10726715B2 (en) | 2015-11-12 | 2020-07-28 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Electronic device and method for performing operations according to proximity of external object |
| US20220100442A1 (en) * | 2020-09-30 | 2022-03-31 | Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha | Printing system including server and printer printing image based on print job stored in the server |
Families Citing this family (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP6260374B2 (en) * | 2014-03-14 | 2018-01-17 | 富士ゼロックス株式会社 | Image processing apparatus and program |
| JP6395628B2 (en) * | 2015-02-04 | 2018-09-26 | シャープ株式会社 | Image forming apparatus |
| CN114579000A (en) * | 2020-12-01 | 2022-06-03 | 鸿富锦精密电子(天津)有限公司 | Method and device for forbidding user operation, electronic equipment and storage medium |
| KR102794630B1 (en) * | 2022-04-14 | 2025-04-15 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Edge computing device and method for external software interworking |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPH05210428A (en) * | 1991-11-18 | 1993-08-20 | Nec Corp | Security check device |
| JPH05313773A (en) * | 1992-05-07 | 1993-11-26 | Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd | Security system for data processor |
| JPH10240368A (en) * | 1996-12-27 | 1998-09-11 | Sony Corp | Computer system |
| JP2002041177A (en) * | 2000-07-24 | 2002-02-08 | Toyo Commun Equip Co Ltd | Method and device for protecting information of computer |
-
2003
- 2003-12-08 TW TW092134593A patent/TW200416552A/en unknown
- 2003-12-09 JP JP2005502364A patent/JPWO2004053665A1/en active Pending
- 2003-12-09 WO PCT/JP2003/015746 patent/WO2004053665A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2003-12-09 AU AU2003289278A patent/AU2003289278A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPH05210428A (en) * | 1991-11-18 | 1993-08-20 | Nec Corp | Security check device |
| JPH05313773A (en) * | 1992-05-07 | 1993-11-26 | Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd | Security system for data processor |
| JPH10240368A (en) * | 1996-12-27 | 1998-09-11 | Sony Corp | Computer system |
| JP2002041177A (en) * | 2000-07-24 | 2002-02-08 | Toyo Commun Equip Co Ltd | Method and device for protecting information of computer |
Cited By (11)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2007133791A (en) * | 2005-11-14 | 2007-05-31 | Dainippon Printing Co Ltd | Equipment management system |
| JP2010039944A (en) * | 2008-08-07 | 2010-02-18 | Ricoh Co Ltd | Information processor, information processing method, information processing program, and partition panel |
| WO2012014593A1 (en) * | 2010-07-26 | 2012-02-02 | 日本電気株式会社 | Presence determination device, method of determining presence, and program |
| US8963711B2 (en) | 2010-07-26 | 2015-02-24 | Nec Corporation | Presence decision apparatus, presence decision method, and program |
| JP5220243B1 (en) * | 2012-05-24 | 2013-06-26 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Information collecting apparatus for display and HMI system |
| WO2013175617A1 (en) * | 2012-05-24 | 2013-11-28 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Device for collecting information for display and hmi system |
| US9202439B2 (en) | 2012-05-24 | 2015-12-01 | Mitsubishi Electric Corporation | Display information collecting device and HMI system |
| TWI483136B (en) * | 2013-02-07 | 2015-05-01 | Claridy Solutions Inc | Device information security device and operation method thereof |
| US10726715B2 (en) | 2015-11-12 | 2020-07-28 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Electronic device and method for performing operations according to proximity of external object |
| US20220100442A1 (en) * | 2020-09-30 | 2022-03-31 | Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha | Printing system including server and printer printing image based on print job stored in the server |
| US11675551B2 (en) * | 2020-09-30 | 2023-06-13 | Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha | Printing system including server and printer printing image based on print job stored in the server |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| JPWO2004053665A1 (en) | 2006-04-13 |
| TW200416552A (en) | 2004-09-01 |
| AU2003289278A1 (en) | 2004-06-30 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| TWI225211B (en) | Security system for preventing a personal computer from being stolen or used by unauthorized people | |
| JP5154436B2 (en) | Wireless authentication | |
| US8723643B2 (en) | Method and computer program product of switching locked state of electronic device | |
| US7697737B2 (en) | Method and system for providing fingerprint enabled wireless add-on for personal identification number (PIN) accessible smartcards | |
| TW480383B (en) | Method for authorising access to computer applications | |
| US20060139148A1 (en) | Method, apparatus and system for controlling access to a cabinet | |
| WO2004053665A1 (en) | Information processing device, control device, container monitoring device, and program | |
| JP7089561B2 (en) | Information processing equipment | |
| GB2387975B (en) | Security cabinet system for controlling with user's id data | |
| CN1312630C (en) | Individual certification system, certification label and individual certification method | |
| TW201710946A (en) | Management system operated with mobile device comprising at least one management controller, a management apparatus, a plurality of passenger mobile devices, and a manager mobile device | |
| US20190180543A1 (en) | Wireless Biometrics-Based Locking System | |
| JP4652833B2 (en) | Personal authentication device and personal authentication method | |
| JP6193539B2 (en) | Human body communication card holder and RFID tag authentication system | |
| TWM513256U (en) | Operating control system using mobile device | |
| JP4612482B2 (en) | Usage management system | |
| JP4894350B2 (en) | Active wireless tag, security management system, and security management method | |
| JP2007327253A (en) | Storage box with biological feature authenticating function | |
| US12130902B2 (en) | Execution device, instruction device, method executed by same, and computer program | |
| CN109410371A (en) | Finger vein identification access control system based on intelligent management | |
| JP2016173809A (en) | Finger vein security management infrastructure device | |
| JP2006178591A (en) | Authentication device, security device, and authentication method in security device | |
| JP2008033437A (en) | Entrance / exit management device, managed device and management system | |
| JP2005146636A (en) | Business management system with authentication function | |
| JP2011156761A (en) | Notebook cover with locking function |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| AK | Designated states |
Kind code of ref document: A1 Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW |
|
| AL | Designated countries for regional patents |
Kind code of ref document: A1 Designated state(s): BW GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG |
|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application | ||
| WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2005502364 Country of ref document: JP |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |